Initial import of the CDE 2.1.30 sources from the Open Group.
This commit is contained in:
88
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/BEntity.sgm
Normal file
88
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/BEntity.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: BEntity.sgm /main/8 1996/07/29 15:25:14 cdedoc $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.LogMg.fig.1 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/sag1.cgm" NDATA CGM-BINARY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.LogMg.fig.2 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/login.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.CnfAM.fig.1 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/appmgrwc.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.CnfAM.fig.2 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/appgath.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.CnfAM.fig.3 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/TextPad.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.1 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/appmgrwi.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.2 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/appgroup.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.3 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/datatype.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.4 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/approot.cgm" NDATA CGM-BINARY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.5 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/appmgrwi.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.6 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/types.cgm" NDATA CGM-BINARY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.7 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/appmgr.cgm" NDATA CGM-BINARY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.8 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/connect.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.9 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/connecti.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.10 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/actionna.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.ClSrv.fig.1 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/appserv.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.ClSrv.fig.2 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/fileserv.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.ClSrv.fig.3 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/sesserve.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.ClSrv.fig.4 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/complexa.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.ClSrv.fig.5 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/appserv1.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.ClSrv.fig.6 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/nfsbased.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.IntAc.fig.1 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/actions1.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.IntAc.fig.2 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/DtApps.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.IntAc.fig.3 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/XwdDispl.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.IntAc.fig.4 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/ActIcon.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.IntAc.fig.5 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/ActIconI.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.IntAc.fig.6 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/Open4Xwd.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.1 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/CreActIc.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.2 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/creatact.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.3 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/advcract.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.4 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/adddtype.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.5 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/idchar.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.6 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/inclfile.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.7 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/idname.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.8 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/permpat.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.9 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/content.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.10 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/findset.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.CrAct.fig.1 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/actionfs.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.CrAct.fig.2 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/actionic.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.FrPC.fig.1 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/fpboxes.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.FrPC.fig.2 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/fpmainbo.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.FrPC.fig.3 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/fpsubbox.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.FACol.fig.1 SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/graphics/colorset.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
3
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/Title.tmpl
Normal file
3
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/Title.tmpl
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
||||
/* $XConsortium: Title.tmpl /main/2 1996/06/19 16:04:46 drk $ */
|
||||
/* TOC title, only what's between quotes should be modified. */
|
||||
title = "Advanced User's and System Administrator's Guide"
|
||||
162
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/adbook.sgm
Normal file
162
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/adbook.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: adbook.sgm /main/8 1996/07/29 15:25:32 cdedoc $ -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE DocBook PUBLIC "-//HaL and O'Reilly//DTD DocBook V2.2.1//EN" [
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.LogMg.fig.1 SYSTEM "./graphics/sag1.cgm" NDATA CGM-BINARY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.LogMg.fig.2 SYSTEM "./graphics/login.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.CnfAM.fig.1 SYSTEM "./graphics/appmgrwc.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.CnfAM.fig.2 SYSTEM "./graphics/appgath.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.CnfAM.fig.3 SYSTEM "./graphics/TextPad.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.1 SYSTEM "./graphics/appmgrwi.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.2 SYSTEM "./graphics/appgroup.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.3 SYSTEM "./graphics/datatype.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.4 SYSTEM "./graphics/approot.cgm" NDATA CGM-BINARY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.5 SYSTEM "./graphics/appmgrwi.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.6 SYSTEM "./graphics/types.cgm" NDATA CGM-BINARY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.7 SYSTEM "./graphics/appmgr.cgm" NDATA CGM-BINARY>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.8 SYSTEM "./graphics/connect.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.9 SYSTEM "./graphics/connecti.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.RegAp.fig.10 SYSTEM "./graphics/actionna.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.ClSrv.fig.1 SYSTEM "./graphics/appserv.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.ClSrv.fig.2 SYSTEM "./graphics/fileserv.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.ClSrv.fig.3 SYSTEM "./graphics/sesserve.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.ClSrv.fig.4 SYSTEM "./graphics/complexa.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.ClSrv.fig.5 SYSTEM "./graphics/appserv1.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.ClSrv.fig.6 SYSTEM "./graphics/nfsbased.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.IntAc.fig.1 SYSTEM "./graphics/actions1.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.IntAc.fig.2 SYSTEM "./graphics/DtApps.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.IntAc.fig.3 SYSTEM "./graphics/XwdDispl.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.IntAc.fig.4 SYSTEM "./graphics/ActIcon.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.IntAc.fig.5 SYSTEM "./graphics/ActIconI.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.IntAc.fig.6 SYSTEM "./graphics/Open4Xwd.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.1 SYSTEM "./graphics/CreActIc.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.2 SYSTEM "./graphics/creatact.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.3 SYSTEM "./graphics/advcract.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.4 SYSTEM "./graphics/adddtype.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.5 SYSTEM "./graphics/idchar.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.6 SYSTEM "./graphics/inclfile.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.7 SYSTEM "./graphics/idname.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.8 SYSTEM "./graphics/permpat.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.9 SYSTEM "./graphics/content.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.dtCrA.fig.10 SYSTEM "./graphics/findset.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.CrAct.fig.1 SYSTEM "./graphics/actionfs.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.CrAct.fig.2 SYSTEM "./graphics/actionic.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.FrPC.fig.1 SYSTEM "./graphics/fpboxes.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.FrPC.fig.2 SYSTEM "./graphics/fpmainbo.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.FrPC.fig.3 SYSTEM "./graphics/fpsubbox.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY SAG.FACol.fig.1 SYSTEM "./graphics/colorset.tif" NDATA TIFF>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % local.notations "| XPM | XBM | XWD">
|
||||
<!NOTATION XPM SYSTEM "XPM">
|
||||
<!NOTATION XBM SYSTEM "XBM">
|
||||
<!NOTATION XWD SYSTEM "XWD">
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY Copyr SYSTEM "./copyright.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY Pref SYSTEM "./preface.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY LogMg SYSTEM "./ch01.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY SesMg SYSTEM "./ch02.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY CnfAM SYSTEM "./ch03.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY RegAp SYSTEM "./ch04.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY ClSrv SYSTEM "./ch05.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY PrCnf SYSTEM "./ch06.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY Datab SYSTEM "./ch07.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY IntAc SYSTEM "./ch08.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY dtCrA SYSTEM "./ch09.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY CrAct SYSTEM "./ch10.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY CrDT SYSTEM "./ch11.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY CrIcn SYSTEM "./ch12.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY FrPC SYSTEM "./ch13.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY WMCnf SYSTEM "./ch14.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY FACol SYSTEM "./ch15.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY I18N SYSTEM "./ch16.sgm">
|
||||
|
||||
]>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- ____________________________________________________________________________ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<DocBook>
|
||||
<Book>
|
||||
|
||||
<Title>Common Desktop Environment: Advanced User's and System Administrator's Guide</Title>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
&Copyr;
|
||||
&Pref;
|
||||
|
||||
&LogMg;
|
||||
|
||||
&SesMg;
|
||||
|
||||
&CnfAM;
|
||||
|
||||
&RegAp;
|
||||
|
||||
&ClSrv;
|
||||
|
||||
&PrCnf;
|
||||
|
||||
&Datab;
|
||||
|
||||
&IntAc;
|
||||
|
||||
&dtCrA;
|
||||
|
||||
&CrAct;
|
||||
|
||||
&CrDT;
|
||||
|
||||
&CrIcn;
|
||||
|
||||
&FrPC;
|
||||
|
||||
&WMCnf;
|
||||
|
||||
&FACol;
|
||||
|
||||
&I18N;
|
||||
|
||||
</Book>
|
||||
</DocBook>
|
||||
90
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/book.sgm
Normal file
90
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/book.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: book.sgm /main/5 1996/07/13 15:46:31 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE Book PUBLIC "-//HaL and O'Reilly//DTD DocBook//EN" [
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % ISOpublishing PUBLIC "ISO 8879-1986//ENTITIES Publishing//EN">
|
||||
%ISOpublishing;
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % ISOnumeric PUBLIC "ISO 8879-1986//ENTITIES Numeric and Special Graphic//EN">
|
||||
%ISOnumeric;
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % ISOdiacritical PUBLIC "ISO 8879-1986//ENTITIES Diacritical Marks//EN">
|
||||
%ISOdiacritical;
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % ISOgeneraltech PUBLIC "ISO 8879-1986//ENTITIES General Technical//EN">
|
||||
%ISOgeneraltech;
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % ISOalatin1 PUBLIC "ISO 8879-1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN">
|
||||
%ISOalatin1;
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % ISOalatin2 PUBLIC "ISO 8879-1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 2//EN">
|
||||
%ISOalatin2;
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % ISOgreek PUBLIC "ISO 8879-1986//ENTITIES Greek Symbols//EN">
|
||||
%ISOgreek;
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % ISOgreekletters PUBLIC "ISO 8879-1986//ENTITIES Greek Letters//EN">
|
||||
%ISOgreekletters;
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % ISOboxandline PUBLIC "ISO 8879-1986//ENTITIES Box and Line Drawing//EN">
|
||||
%ISOboxandline;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % BEntities SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/BEntity.sgm">
|
||||
%BEntities;
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % local.notations "| XPM | XBM | XWD">
|
||||
<!NOTATION XPM SYSTEM "XPM">
|
||||
<!NOTATION XBM SYSTEM "XBM">
|
||||
<!NOTATION XWD SYSTEM "XWD">
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY Pref SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/preface.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY LogMg SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/ch01.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY SesMg SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/ch02.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY CnfAM SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/ch03.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY RegAp SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/ch04.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY ClSrv SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/ch05.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY PrCnf SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/ch06.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY Datab SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/ch07.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY IntAc SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/ch08.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY dtCrA SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/ch09.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY CrAct SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/ch10.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY CrDT SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/ch11.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY CrIcn SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/ch12.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY FrPC SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/ch13.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY WMCnf SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/ch14.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY FACol SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/ch15.sgm">
|
||||
<!ENTITY I18N SYSTEM "./sysAdminGuide/ch16.sgm">
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
]>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- ____________________________________________________________________________ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<Book>
|
||||
|
||||
<Title>Common Desktop Environment: Advanced User's and System Administrator's Guide</Title>
|
||||
|
||||
&Pref;
|
||||
&LogMg;
|
||||
&SesMg;
|
||||
&CnfAM;
|
||||
&RegAp;
|
||||
&ClSrv;
|
||||
&PrCnf;
|
||||
&Datab;
|
||||
&IntAc;
|
||||
&dtCrA;
|
||||
&CrAct;
|
||||
&CrDT;
|
||||
&CrIcn;
|
||||
&FrPC;
|
||||
&WMCnf;
|
||||
&FACol;
|
||||
&I18N;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</Book>
|
||||
1209
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch01.sgm
Normal file
1209
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch01.sgm
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
896
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch02.sgm
Normal file
896
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch02.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,896 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: ch02.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 19:32:24 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<Chapter Id="SAG.SesMg.div.1">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.SesMg.mkr.1">Configuring Session Manager</Title>
|
||||
<Para>Session Manager is responsible for starting the desktop and automatically
|
||||
saving and restoring running applications, colors, fonts, mouse behavior, audio
|
||||
volume, and keyboard click.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Using Session Manager, you can:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Customize the initial session for all desktop users</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Customize the environment and resources for all desktop users</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Change the session startup message</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Change parameters for session startup tools and daemons</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Customize desktop color usage for all users</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<InformalTable Id="SAG.SesMg.itbl.1" Frame="All">
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="1">
|
||||
<ColSpec Colname="1" Colwidth="4.125 in">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'What Is a Session?23'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.SesMg.div.2"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Starting a Session25'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.SesMg.div.7"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'When a Session Starts25'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.SesMg.div.8"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Additional Session Startup Customizations32'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.SesMg.div.21"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Session Manager Files and Directories37'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.SesMg.div.32"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.2">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.SesMg.mkr.2">What Is a Session?<IndexTerm><Primary>Session Manager</Primary><Secondary>introduction</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>session</Primary><Secondary>definition</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>A session is the collection of applications, settings, and resources present on
|
||||
the user's desktop. Session management is a set of conventions and protocols
|
||||
that enables Session Manager to save and restore a user's session. A user is able
|
||||
to log into the system and be presented with the same set of running
|
||||
applications, settings, and resources as were present when the user logged off.
|
||||
When a user logs into the desktop for the first time, a
|
||||
default initial session is
|
||||
loaded. Afterward, Session Manager supports the notion of a
|
||||
current and a home session.<IndexTerm><Primary>session</Primary><Secondary>default</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>current session</Primary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>session</Primary><Secondary>current</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>session</Primary><Secondary>home</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>home session</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.3">
|
||||
<Title>The Initial Session<IndexTerm><Primary>session</Primary><Secondary>default</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>session</Primary><Secondary>initial</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>When a user logs into the desktop for the first time, Session Manager will
|
||||
generate the user's initial session using system default values. By default, the
|
||||
File Manager and Information Manager will start. The Information Manager displays
|
||||
introductory information about the CDE desktop.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.4">
|
||||
<Title>Current Session<IndexTerm><Primary>session</Primary><Secondary>current</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>current session</Primary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The user's running session is always considered the current session, whether
|
||||
restored upon login from a saved home session, a saved current session, or the
|
||||
system default initial session. Based on the user's Style Manager Startup
|
||||
settings, when the user exits the session, Session Manager automatically saves
|
||||
the current session. When the user next logs in to the desktop, Session
|
||||
Manager restarts the previously saved current session, meaning that the
|
||||
desktop will be restored to the same state as when the user last logged out.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.5">
|
||||
<Title>Home Session<IndexTerm><Primary>session</Primary><Secondary>home</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>home session</Primary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>You can also have the desktop restored to the same state every time the user
|
||||
logs in, regardless of its state when the user logged out. The user can save the
|
||||
state of the current session and then, using the Style Manager Startup settings,
|
||||
have Session Manager start that session every time the user logs in.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.6">
|
||||
<Title>Display-Specific Sessions<IndexTerm><Primary>session</Primary><Secondary>display-specific</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>To run a specific session for a specific display, a user can create a display-
|
||||
specific session. To do this, the user can copy the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/sessions</Filename> directory to <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol>, where
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol> is the real, unqualified host name (for example, <Filename>pablo:0</Filename> is valid,
|
||||
<Filename>pablo.gato.com:0</Filename> or <Filename>unix:0</Filename> is not). When the user logs in on display
|
||||
<Filename>pablo:0</Filename>, Session Manager will start that display-specific session.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.7">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.SesMg.mkr.3">Starting a Session<IndexTerm><Primary>session</Primary><Secondary>starting</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>Session Manager</Primary><Secondary>starting</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>Session Manager</Primary><Secondary>See also, session</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Session Manager is started through <Filename>/usr/dt/bin/<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Xsession file</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>starting Session Manager</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
Xsession</Filename>. When the user
|
||||
logs in using the Login Manager, <Command>Xsession</Command> is started by default.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Optionally, the user can log in using the traditional character mode<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>getty</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
(<Command>getty</Command>)
|
||||
login, and start Session Manager manually using tools that start an X server,
|
||||
such as <Command>xinit</Command>. For example: <Command>xinit /usr/dt/bin/Xsession</Command>.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.8">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.SesMg.mkr.4">When a Session Starts</Title>
|
||||
<Para>When Session Manager is started, it goes through the following steps to start
|
||||
the user's session:</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Sources the <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>.dtprofile file</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>sourcing in</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>/.dtprofile</Filename> script</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Sources the <Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Xsession.d directory</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>Xsession.d</Filename> scripts</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Displays a<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Session Manager</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>welcome message</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>welcome message</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>displaying</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
welcome message</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Sets up<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>desktop search paths</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
desktop search paths</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Gathers available applications</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Optionally sources <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>.profile file[profile file]</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>/.profile</Filename> or <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>.login file[login file]</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>/.login</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Starts the<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>ToolTalk</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>messaging daemon</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
ToolTalk<Superscript>®</Superscript> messaging daemon</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Loads<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>session</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>resources</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>resources</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>session</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
session resources</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Starts the<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>color server</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
color server</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Starts the<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Workspace Manager</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>starting</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
Workspace Manager</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Starts the session<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>applications</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>starting at login</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
applications</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Para>The following sections describe the steps listed above.</Para>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.9">
|
||||
<Title>Sourcing the .dtprofile Script<IndexTerm><Primary>.dtprofile file</Primary><Secondary>sourcing in</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>At session startup, the <Command><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Xsession file</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>Xsession</Command> script sources the user's
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>environment variables</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>in .dtprofile</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>/.dtprofile</Filename> script. The <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dtprofile</Filename> script is a
|
||||
<Filename>/bin/sh</Filename> or <Filename>/bin/ksh</Filename> script that enables users to set up<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>environment variables</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>in .dtprofile</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
environment
|
||||
variables for their sessions. For more information on setting up environment
|
||||
variables, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Additional Session Startup Customizations&xd3; on page 32'--><XRef Role="HeadingAndPage" Linkend="SAG.SesMg.div.21">.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>If the <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dtprofile</Filename> script does not exist, such as when a user is
|
||||
logging into the desktop for the first time, <Command>Xsession</Command> will copy the desktop
|
||||
default <Filename>sys.dtprofile</Filename> to<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>shell</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>personal customization</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>.dtprofile file</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>creating</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>/.dtprofile</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>environment variables</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>default</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>The desktop default is <Filename>/usr/dt/config/sys.dtprofile</Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>sys.dtprofile file</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>. To customize the<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>shell</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>system-wide customization</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Filename>sys.dtprofile</Filename> script, copy <Filename>sys.dtprofile</Filename> from <Filename>/usr/dt/config</Filename> to
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config</Filename> and edit the new file.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.10">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.SesMg.mkr.5">Sourcing Xsession.d Scripts<IndexTerm><Primary>Xsession.d directory</Primary><Secondary>scripts in</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>After sourcing the <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dtprofile</Filename> script, the <Command>Xsession</Command> script
|
||||
sources the <Filename>Xsession.d</Filename> scripts. These scripts are used to set up additional
|
||||
environment variables and start optional daemons for the user's session. The
|
||||
default <Filename>Xsession.d</Filename> scripts are:</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="139*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="389*">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>0010.dtpaths</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Documents customizable desktop search paths</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>0020.dtims</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Starts optional input method server</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>0030.dttmpdir</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Creates per-user, per-session temporary directory</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>0040.xmbind</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Sets up <Filename>$XMBINDDIR</Filename> to desktop default</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
<Para>There may be additional vendor-specific scripts in <Filename>Xsession.d</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><Command>Xsession</Command> first sources all files in the <Filename>/usr/dt/config/Xsession.d</Filename>
|
||||
directory, followed by those in the <Command>/etc/dt/config/Xsession.d</Command> directory.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The desktop default <Filename>Xsession.d</Filename> scripts are located in the
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/config/Xsession.d</Filename> directory. To customize an <Filename>Xsession.d</Filename>
|
||||
script, copy the script from <Filename>/usr/dt/config/Xsession.d</Filename> to
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/Xsession.d</Filename> and edit the new file. You must have execute
|
||||
permission to perform this task.<IndexTerm><Primary>Xsession.d directory</Primary><Secondary>customizing</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Also, to have <Command>Xsession</Command> automatically source a script of your own, copy it to
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/Xsession.d</Filename>.<IndexTerm><Primary>Xsession file</Primary><Secondary>system-wide customization</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>Session Manager</Primary><Secondary>system-wide customization</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>When you modify or create an <Filename>Xsession.d</Filename> script, make sure that any
|
||||
foreground commands you issue are of short duration, as the time taken by the
|
||||
command will directly affect session startup time. If a foreground command
|
||||
does not exit, the session startup will hang. Commands run in an <Filename>Xsession.d</Filename>
|
||||
script that you want to remain running for the duration of the session should
|
||||
be run in the background.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.11">
|
||||
<Title><IndexTerm><Primary>welcome message</Primary><Secondary>displaying</Secondary></IndexTerm>Displaying the Welcome Message</Title>
|
||||
<Para>After sourcing <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dtprofile</Filename> and the <Filename>Xsession.d</Filename> scripts,
|
||||
<Command>Xsession</Command> displays a welcome message that covers the screen. You can
|
||||
customize the welcome message displayed, or turn off the message entirely.
|
||||
The <Command>dthello</Command> client is used to display the message.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>welcome message</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>customizing</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>To alter the message text, change the <Command>dthello</Command> options by modifying the
|
||||
<Filename>dtstart_hello[0]</Filename> variable.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>To change <Filename>dtstart_hello[0],</Filename> create an <Filename>/etc/dt/config/Xsession.d</Filename>
|
||||
script that sets the new value. To display the message of the day for all users,
|
||||
create an executable <Command>sh</Command> or <Command>ksh</Command> script, for example
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/Xsession.d/</Filename><Emphasis>myvars</Emphasis><Filename>,</Filename> and set <Filename>dtstart_hello[0]</Filename> as
|
||||
follows:</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing>dtstart_hello[0]=“/usr/dt/bin/dthello -file /etc/motd &“</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>Similarly, users can change the welcome message for their sessions by setting
|
||||
<Filename>dtstart_hello[0]</Filename> in <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dtprofile</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>To turn off the welcome message, set <ComputerOutput>dtstart_hello[0]=</ComputerOutput>“ “<ComputerOutput>.</ComputerOutput></Para>
|
||||
<Para>For more information about <Command>dthello</Command>, see the <Command>dthello</Command> man page.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.12">
|
||||
<Title>Setting Up the Desktop Search Paths<IndexTerm><Primary>Session Manager</Primary><Secondary>setting search paths</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>search paths</Primary><Secondary>set by Session Manager</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The desktop search paths are created at login by <Command><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>dtsearchpath</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>dtsearchpath</Command>. There are
|
||||
two categories of environment variables used by <Command>dtsearchpath</Command>:</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="126*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="402*">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Input Variables</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>System-wide and personal environment variables
|
||||
whose values are set by the system administrator or
|
||||
end user.</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Output Variables</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Variables created and assigned values by
|
||||
<Command>dtsearchpath</Command>. The value of each variable is the
|
||||
search path for the desktop session.</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
<Para>To alter the command-line options of <Command>dtsearchpath</Command>, modify the
|
||||
<Filename>dtstart_searchpath</Filename> variable. To change the <Command><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>dtstart_searchpath variable</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>dtstart_searchpath</Command>
|
||||
variable for all users, create an executable <Command>sh</Command> or <Command>ksh</Command> script (for example
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/Xsession.d/</Filename><Emphasis>myvars</Emphasis>), and set <Filename>dtstart_searchpath</Filename> as
|
||||
follows:</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing>dtstart_searchpath=“/usr/dt/bin/dtsearchpath“</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>Users can similarly change the <Command>dtsearchpath</Command> options for their own sessions
|
||||
only by setting <Filename>dtstart_searchpath</Filename> in <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dtprofile</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For more information about <Command>dtsearchpath</Command>, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 7, &xd2;Desktop Search
|
||||
Paths'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitle" Linkend="SAG.Datab.div.1">.
|
||||
For more information about <Command>dtsearchpath</Command> options, see the
|
||||
<Command>dtsearchpath</Command> man page.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.13">
|
||||
<Title>Gathering Available Applications</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The next step after setting up the desktop search paths is to gather available
|
||||
applications, using <Command>dtappgather</Command>. To alter the command-line options of<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Application Manager</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>gathering applications</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Session Manager</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>gathering applications</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>applications</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>gathered by Session Manager</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>dtappgather</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Command>dtappgather</Command>, modify the <Filename>dtstart_appgather</Filename> variable. To change the <Command><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>dtstart_appgather variable</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>dtstart_appgather</Command> variable for all users, create an executable <Command>sh</Command> or <Command>ksh</Command>
|
||||
script (for example <Filename>/etc/dt/config/Xsession.d/</Filename><Emphasis>myvars</Emphasis>), and set
|
||||
<Filename>dtstart_appgather</Filename> as follows:</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing>dtstart_appgather=“/usr/dt/bin/dtappgather &“</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>Users can similarly change the <Command>dtappgather</Command> options for their own sessions
|
||||
only by setting <Filename>dtstart_appgather</Filename> in <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dtprofile</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For more information about <Command>dtappgather</Command> options, see the <Command>dtappgather</Command> <Filename>(4)</Filename>
|
||||
man page.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.14">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.SesMg.mkr.6">Optionally Sourcing the .profile or .login Script<IndexTerm><Primary>environment variables</Primary><Secondary>sourcing in .login or .profile</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>shell</Primary><Secondary>sourcing in .profile or .login</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>.profile file</Primary><Secondary>sourcing in</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>.login file</Primary><Secondary>sourcing in</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para><Command>Xsession</Command> is able to source a user's traditional <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.profile</Filename> or
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.login</Filename> scripts. By default this capability is disabled. To tell
|
||||
<Command>Xsession</Command> to source the <Filename>.profile</Filename> or <Filename>.login</Filename> script, set <Command><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>DTSOURCEPROFILE variable</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>DTSOURCEPROFILE</Command>
|
||||
to <Command>true</Command>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>To change <Command>DTSOURCEPROFILE</Command> for all users, create an
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/Xsession.d</Filename> script that sets the new value. To set
|
||||
<Command>DTSOURCEPROFILE</Command> to <Command>true</Command> for all users, create an executable <Command>sh</Command> or <Command>ksh</Command>
|
||||
script, for example <Filename>/etc/dt/config/Xsession.d/</Filename><Emphasis>myvars,</Emphasis> and set
|
||||
<Command>DTSOURCEPROFILE</Command> as follows:</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing>DTSOURCEPROFILE=true</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>Users can similarly change <Command>DTSOURCEPROFILE</Command> for their own sessions by
|
||||
setting <Command>DTSOURCEPROFILE</Command> to <Command>true</Command> in <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dtprofile</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.15">
|
||||
<Title>Starting the ToolTalk Messaging Daemon<IndexTerm><Primary>ToolTalk</Primary><Secondary>messaging daemon</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The ToolTalk messaging daemon, <Command>ttsession</Command>, enables independent
|
||||
applications to communicate with each other without having direct knowledge
|
||||
of each other. Applications create and send ToolTalk messages to communicate
|
||||
with each other. <Command>ttsession</Command> communicates on the network to deliver
|
||||
messages.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>To alter the command-line options of <Command><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>ttsession</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>starting</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>ttsession</Command>, modify the
|
||||
<Filename>dtstart_ttsession</Filename> variable. To change the <Command><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>dtstart_ttsession variable</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>dtstart_ttsession</Command> variable
|
||||
for all users, create an executable <Command>sh</Command> or <Command>ksh</Command> script (for example
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/Xsession.d/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">myvars</Symbol>), and set <Filename>dtstart_ttsession</Filename> as
|
||||
follows:</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing>dtstart_ttsession=“/usr/dt/bin/ttsession -s“</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>Users can similarly change the <Command>ttsession</Command> options for their own sessions by
|
||||
setting <Filename>dtstart_ttsession</Filename> in <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dtprofile</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For more information about <Command>ttsession</Command> options, see the <Command>ttsession</Command> man
|
||||
page. For more information on <Command>ttsession</Command>, see <Emphasis>Getting Started Using ToolTalk
|
||||
Messaging</Emphasis>.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.16">
|
||||
<Title>Starting the Session Manager Client<IndexTerm><Primary>Session Manager</Primary><Secondary>client</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>At this point, <Command>Xsession</Command> starts <Filename>/usr/dt/bin/dtsession</Filename>, which continues
|
||||
the session startup process.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.17">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.SesMg.mkr.7">Loading the Session Resources<IndexTerm><Primary>Session Manager</Primary><Secondary>loading resources</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>resources</Primary><Secondary>loading</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Session Manager uses the X server <Command>RESOURCE_MANAGER</Command> property to make
|
||||
desktop resources available to all applications. Session Manager loads the
|
||||
<Filename>RESOURCE_MANAGER</Filename> by:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Loading the system default resources</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Merging any system-wide resources specified by the system administrator.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Merging any user-specified resources</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>The desktop default resources can be found in
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>sys.resources file</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>resources</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>default desktop</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>/sys.resources</Filename>. These resources will be made
|
||||
available to each user's session via the <Filename>RESOURCE_MANAGER</Filename> property. This file
|
||||
should not be edited, as it is overwritten upon subsequent desktop
|
||||
installations.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>You can augment the system default resources by creating
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>sys.resources file</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>/sys.resources</Filename>. In this file, you can override
|
||||
default resources or specify additional resources for all desktop users. Since
|
||||
this file is merged into the desktop default resources during session startup,
|
||||
only new or updated resource specifications should be placed in this file.
|
||||
Resources specified in this file will be made available to each user's session
|
||||
through the <Filename>RESOURCE_MANAGER</Filename> property. Resources specified in this file take
|
||||
precedence over those specified in the desktop default resource file.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Users can augment the desktop default and system-wide resources using their
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.Xdefaults</Filename> file. Resources specified in this file will be made
|
||||
available to that user's session through the <Filename>RESOURCE_MANAGER</Filename> property.
|
||||
Resources specified in this file take precedence over those specified in the
|
||||
desktop default or system administrator resource files.</Para>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>The X Toolkit Intrinsics utility specifies that it will load resources for an
|
||||
application from either <Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>RESOURCE_MANAGER property</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>RESOURCE_MANAGER</Filename> or from <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.Xdefaults</Filename>, but not both. Ordinarily, this would mean that
|
||||
the user's <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.Xdefault</Filename>s file would be ignored. However, Session
|
||||
Manager accommodates <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol>/<Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>.Xdefaults file[Xdefaults file]</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>.Xdefaults</Filename> by merging it into the
|
||||
<Filename>RESOURCE_MANAGER</Filename> at session startup as described above. If a user changes
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol>/<Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename>, the changes will not be visible to new
|
||||
applications until the user invokes the Reload Resources action. The<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Reload Resources action</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
Reload
|
||||
Resources action will instruct Session Manager to reload the
|
||||
<Filename>RESOURCE_MANAGER</Filename> with the default, system-wide, and user-specified
|
||||
resources. This makes changes to the system-wide and personal resource files
|
||||
available to applications.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
<Para>For more information see:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Setting Application Resources&xd3; on page 256'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.FACol.div.2"></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The <Filename>dtresourcesfile(4)</Filename>man page</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.18">
|
||||
<Title>Starting the Color Server<IndexTerm><Primary>color server</Primary><Secondary>starting</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Session Manager serves as the<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>color server</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>resources</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
color server for the desktop and provides the
|
||||
following set of <Command>dtsession</Command> resources that can be used to configure it.</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="1.73in">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="4.11in">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Command>foregroundColor</Command><IndexTerm><Primary>foregroundColor resource</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Controls whether a pixel is allocated for the foreground
|
||||
color</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Command>dynamicColor</Command><IndexTerm><Primary>dynamicColor resource</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Specifies whether read-only colors are allocated</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Command>shadowPixmaps</Command><IndexTerm><Primary>shadowPixmaps resource</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Specifies whether colors are allocated for top shadow
|
||||
or bottom shadow</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Command>colorUse</Command><IndexTerm><Primary>colorUse resource</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Limits color allocation</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Command>writeXrdbColors</Command><IndexTerm><Primary>writeXrdbColors resource</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Specifies whether the <Filename>*background</Filename> and
|
||||
<Filename>*foreground</Filename> resources are placed in the resource
|
||||
database</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
<Para>You can set color server resources for all users by creating
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.resources</Filename> and specifying the color server
|
||||
resources in that file.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Users can similarly set color server resources for their own sessions by
|
||||
specifying color server resources in <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.Xdefaults</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For more information about setting color server resources, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Administering
|
||||
Colors&xd3; on page 265'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.FACol.div.18">.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.19">
|
||||
<Title>Starting Workspace Manager<IndexTerm><Primary>Workspace Manager</Primary><Secondary>starting</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>Session Manager</Primary><Secondary>starting Workspace Manager</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Session Manager is responsible for starting Workspace Manager. By default
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/bin/<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Workspace Manager</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>starting</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>dtwm</Filename> is started. An alternate window manager can be specified
|
||||
with the <Command><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>wmStartupCommand resource</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Window Manager</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>changing</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>wmStartupCommand</Command> resource.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>You can specify an alternate window manager for all users by creating
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.resources</Filename> and specifying the full path
|
||||
name and options for the window manager with the
|
||||
<Filename>Dtsession*wmStartupCommand</Filename> resource in that file.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Users can similarly specify an alternate window manager for their own
|
||||
sessions only by specifying the <Filename>Dtsession*wmStartupCommand</Filename> resource in
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.Xdefaults</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For more information about the Window Manager, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 14,
|
||||
&xd2;Customizing the Workspace Manager'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitle" Linkend="SAG.WMCnf.div.1">.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.20">
|
||||
<Title>Starting the Session Applications<IndexTerm><Primary>applications</Primary><Secondary>starting at login</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>Session Manager</Primary><Secondary>starting applications</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>At session startup, Session Manager will restart any applications that were
|
||||
saved as part of the session. The system default set of applications to be
|
||||
restored as part of the user's initial session can be found in
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.session</Filename>.
|
||||
This file should not be edited as it
|
||||
will be unconditionally overwritten upon subsequent desktop installations.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For more information, see the <Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">dtsessionfile(4)</Filename>
|
||||
and <Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">dtsessiondb(4)</Filename> man pages.<IndexTerm><Primary>sys.session file</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>A system administrator can replace the set of applications that are started as
|
||||
part of the user's initial session by copying
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.session</Filename> to
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.session</Filename> and modifying the latter file.
|
||||
Unlike the resource files, this file will be used as a complete replacement for
|
||||
the desktop default file, so you can make a copy of the system default file and
|
||||
make any necessary modifications.<IndexTerm><Primary>Session Manager</Primary><Secondary>customizing application startup</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.21">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.SesMg.mkr.8">Additional Session Startup Customizations</Title>
|
||||
<Para>This section covers:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Setting environment variables</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Setting resources</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Using display-dependent sessions</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Running scripts at login</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Recovering a back-up session</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.22" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.SesMg.mkr.9">To Set Environment Variables<IndexTerm><Primary>environment variables</Primary><Secondary>setting</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>variables</Primary><Secondary>environment, See environment variables</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>environment variables</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>system-wide</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>To set system-wide environment variables, create a file in the
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/Xsession.d</Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Xsession.d directory</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
directory that sets and<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>environment variables</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>exporting</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
exports the
|
||||
variable.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, if you create an executable <Command>sh</Command> or <Command>ksh</Command> script,
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/Xsession.d/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">myvars,</Symbol></Para>
|
||||
<Para>containing:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>export MYVARIABLE=“<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>“</programlisting>
|
||||
<Para>then the variable <Command>MYVARIABLE</Command> will be set in each user's environment at the
|
||||
next login.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>environment variables</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>personal</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>To set personal environment variables, set the variable in
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>.dtprofile file</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>setting environment variables in</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>/.dtprofile</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>export MYVARIABLE=“<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>“</programlisting>
|
||||
<Para>sets the variable <Command>MYVARIABLE</Command> in each user's environment at the next login.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>Session Manager does not automatically read the <Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>.profile file</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>not read by Login Manager</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>.profile</Filename> or <Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>.login file</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>not read by Login Manager</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary><$nopage>shell</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>See also environment variables, .profile, .login, .dtprofile</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>.login</Filename>
|
||||
file. However, it can be configured to use these files; see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Optionally Sourcing
|
||||
the .profile or .login Script&xd3; on page 28'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.SesMg.mkr.6">.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.23" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Set Resources<IndexTerm><Primary>resources</Primary><Secondary>setting</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>To set system-wide resources, add the resources to the file
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.resources</Filename>.
|
||||
(You may have to create the file.)<IndexTerm><Primary>sys.resources file</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para><Filename>.<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>.dtprofile file</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>syntax</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
dtprofile</Filename> only supports <Filename>/bin/sh</Filename> or <Filename>/bin/ksh</Filename> syntax.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
<Para>For example, if in <Filename>/etc/dt/config/C/sys.resources</Filename> you specify:</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing>AnApplication*resource: <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>then the resource <Filename>AnApplication*resource</Filename> will be set in each user's
|
||||
<Filename>RESOURCE_MANAGER</Filename> property at the next login.<IndexTerm><Primary>RESOURCE_MANAGER property</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>To set personal resources, add the resources to the file
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.Xdefaults</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.24" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Set Display-Specific Resources<IndexTerm><Primary>display-specific resources</Primary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>resources</Primary><Secondary>display-specific</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>You can set display-specific resources for all desktop users on the system. Also,
|
||||
users can set display-specific resources limited to their own session. This
|
||||
enables you to specify resources depending upon which display the user uses
|
||||
to log in to the desktop.</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>To set display-specific resources for all desktop users on the system, create
|
||||
the file <Filename>/etc/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.resources</Filename> that specifies the
|
||||
display-specific resources.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>To set personal display-specific resources, specify the resource in
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.Xdefaults</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Para>You delimit these resources by enclosing them in <Command><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>cpp statements</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>cpp</Command> conditional statements.
|
||||
A <Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>DISPLAY_displayname macro</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>DISPLAY_</Filename><Emphasis>displayname</Emphasis> macro is defined depending upon the value of the
|
||||
<Filename>$DISPLAY</Filename> variable. This is done by converting all. (period) and: (colon)
|
||||
characters to _ (underscores), stripping off any screen specification, and finally
|
||||
prefixing <Filename>DISPLAY_</Filename> to the result.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, a <Filename>$DISPLAY</Filename> of <Filename>:0</Filename> would be <Filename>DISPLAY_0</Filename>, and a <Filename>$DISPLAY</Filename> of
|
||||
<Filename>blanco.gato.com:0.0</Filename> would be <Filename>DISPLAY_blanco_gato_com_0</Filename>. The
|
||||
resulting value can be used as part of a <Command>cpp</Command> test in a session resource file. For
|
||||
example, if in <Filename>/etc/dt/config/C/sys.resources</Filename> you specify:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Myapp*resource: value
|
||||
#ifdef DISPLAY_blanco_gato_com_0
|
||||
Myapp*resource: specialvalue1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef DISPLAY_pablo_gato_com_0
|
||||
Myapp*resource: specialvalue2
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>the resource <Filename>MyApp*resource</Filename> will be set in <Filename>RESOURCE_MANAGER</Filename> to
|
||||
<Filename>specialvalue1</Filename> when the user logs in on display <Filename>blanco.gato.com:0</Filename>;
|
||||
<Filename>specialvalue2</Filename> when the user logs in on <Filename>pablo.gato.com:0;</Filename> and <Command>value</Command>
|
||||
when the user logs in on another display.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.25" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Change Applications for the Initial Session<IndexTerm><Primary>session</Primary><Secondary>first</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>You can specify alternate applications to start as part of a user's initial session.</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Copy <Filename>/usr/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.session</Filename> to
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.session.</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Modify the new <Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>sys.session file</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>sys.session</Filename> file.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Each entry in <Filename>sys.session</Filename> appears as:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>dtsmcmd -cmd <Replaceable Remap="Emphasis">command_and_options</Replaceable><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>dtsmcmd command</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm></programlisting>
|
||||
<Para>To start an additional application as part of a user's initial session, specify a
|
||||
new <Filename>sys.session</Filename> entry with a full path name. For example, to start
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/bin/X11/xclock</Filename> as part of a user's initial session, add an <Command>xclock</Command>
|
||||
entry to <Filename>/etc/dt/config/C/sys.resources</Filename>:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>#
|
||||
# Start up xclock...
|
||||
#
|
||||
dtsmcmd -cmd “/usr/bin/X11/xclock -digital“
|
||||
</Programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.26" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Set Up a Display-Specific Session<IndexTerm><Primary>session</Primary><Secondary>display-specific</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>display-specific session</Primary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>A user can set up a display-specific session to tune a session to a particular
|
||||
display.</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Copy the <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>sessions directory</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
sessions</Filename> directory to
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol> where <Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol> is the real, unqualified host name
|
||||
(<Filename>pablo:0</Filename> is valid, <Filename>pablo.gato.com:0</Filename> or <Filename>unix:0</Filename> is not).</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Para>For example, to create a display-specific session for display
|
||||
<Filename>pablo.gato.com:0</Filename>:</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing>cp -r <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol>/.dt/sessions <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol>/.dt/pablo:0</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>When the user next logs in on display <Filename>pablo.gato.com:0</Filename>, the Session
|
||||
Manager will start that display-specific session.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.27">
|
||||
<Title>Executing Additional Commands at Session Startup and Logout</Title>
|
||||
<Para>Users can specify that additional commands be started when they log in to
|
||||
their desktop sessions. This is useful for setting up X settings that are not saved
|
||||
by Session Manager. For example, the user can use <Command>xsetroot</Command> to customize the
|
||||
root (workspace) pointer. Another use would be to start applications that are
|
||||
unable to be saved and restored by Session Manager. If an application will not
|
||||
restart when the session is restored, the user can start the client using this
|
||||
method.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.28" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Execute Additional Commands at Session Startup<IndexTerm><Primary>Session Manager</Primary><Secondary>executing additional commands</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>session</Primary><Secondary>executing commands at startup</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Create the file <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/sessions/sessionetc</Filename>
|
||||
containing the commands.<IndexTerm><Primary>sessionetc file</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Generally this file is a script and must have execute permission. Processes
|
||||
started in <Command>sessionetc</Command> should be run in the background.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>Do not use <Command>sessionetc</Command> to start clients that are automatically restored
|
||||
by Session Manager. Doing so can cause multiple copies of the application to
|
||||
be started. You may not be able to see the copies immediately because the
|
||||
windows may be stacked on top of one another.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.29" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Execute Additional Commands at Logout<IndexTerm><Primary>session</Primary><Secondary>executing commands at logout</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>Session Manager</Primary><Secondary>executing commands at logout</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>A companion file to <Command>sessionetc</Command> is <Command><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>sessionexit file</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>sessionexit</Command>. Use <Command>sessionexit</Command> to
|
||||
perform some operation at session exit that is not handled by Session Manager.</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Create the file <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/sessions/sessionexit</Filename>.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Like <Command>sessionetc</Command>, this file is usually a script with execute permission.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.30" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Recover a Session from Backup<IndexTerm><Primary>session</Primary><Secondary>recovering</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>Session Manager</Primary><Secondary>backing up sessions</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>session</Primary><Secondary>backup</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>When Session Manager saves a session, the session information is stored in the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/sessions</Filename> directory or in the <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol>
|
||||
directory if using a display-specific session. In these directories, Session
|
||||
Manager creates a subdirectory named <Command>current</Command> or <Command>home</Command> to store information
|
||||
for the respective current or home session. Before the session information is
|
||||
stored, Session Manager makes a backup of the prior session with that name
|
||||
and stores it in <Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>current.old directory</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>current.old</Filename> or <Filename><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>home.old directory</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>home.old</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Log in using the Failsafe Session or Command Line Login from the login
|
||||
screen.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Copy the backup session directory to the active name. For example, to
|
||||
recover the backup home session:</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<ProgramListing>cp -r <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol>/.dt/sessions/home.old <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol>/.dt/sessions/home</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>Display-specific sessions can be recovered in the same manner.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.31" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Investigate Session Startup Problems<IndexTerm><Primary>Session Manager</Primary><Secondary>error log</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>Session Manager</Primary><Secondary>troubleshooting</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Check the file <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/startlog</Filename>.<IndexTerm><Primary>startlog file</Primary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>session</Primary><Secondary>logging errors</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The <Filename>startlog</Filename> file will contain the output (<command>stderr</command>)
|
||||
from applications started by the Session Manager (on the Session Manager's host).
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.SesMg.div.32">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.SesMg.mkr.10">Session Manager Files and Directories<IndexTerm><Primary>configuration files</Primary><Secondary>Session Manager</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>Session Manager</Primary><Secondary>files</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>Session Manager</Primary><Secondary>directories</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Filename>/usr/dt/bin/Xsession</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Filename>/usr/dt/config/Xsession.d/*</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Filename>/usr/dt/bin/dtsession</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Filename>/usr/dt/bin/dtsession_res</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/sessions/current</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/sessions/home</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol><Filename>/current</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol>/<Command>home</Command></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
</Chapter>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.14 mif-to-docbook 1.7 01/02/96 06:16:56-->
|
||||
694
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch03.sgm
Normal file
694
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch03.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,694 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: ch03.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 19:32:35 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<Chapter Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.1">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.1">Adding and Administering Applications</Title>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Application Manager</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>description</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>Application Manager is the desktop container for applications available to the
|
||||
user.</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable Id="SAG.CnfAM.itbl.1" Frame="All">
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="1">
|
||||
<ColSpec Colname="1" Colwidth="4.125 in">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Structure of Application Manager40'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.2"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Adding Applications to Application Manager43'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.6"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Creating and Administering General Application Groups45'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.10"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Modifying the Search Path Used To Locate Applications47'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.11"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'General Application Manager Administration48'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.13"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Changing the Text Editor and Terminal Emulator49'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.14"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.2">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.2">Structure of Application Manager</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The top level of Application Manager generally contains directories. Each of
|
||||
these directories, and its contents, is called an<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>application groups</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>definition</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Emphasis>application group</Emphasis>.</Para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title>Application groups in Application Manager</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.CnfAM.fig.1" Id="SAG.CnfAM.grph.1"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
<Para>The application groups and their contents are gathered from multiple locations
|
||||
locally and throughout the network.</Para>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.3">
|
||||
<Title>Directory Location of Application Manager<IndexTerm><Primary>Application Manager</Primary><Secondary>file system location</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>In the file system, Application Manager is the directory
|
||||
<Filename>/var/dt/appconfig/appmanager/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">login</Symbol><Filename>-</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">hostname</Symbol><Filename>-</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol><Command>.</Command> The directory is
|
||||
created dynamically each time the user logs in.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, if user <Command>ronv</Command> logs in from display <Filename>wxyz:0</Filename>, the Application
|
||||
Manager directory <Filename>/var/dt/appconfig/appmanager/ronv-wxyz-0</Filename> is
|
||||
created.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.4">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.3">How Application Manager Finds and Gathers Applications<IndexTerm><Primary>applications</Primary><Secondary>gathering into Application Manager</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>Application Manager</Primary><Secondary>gathering applications</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>application groups</Primary><Secondary>gathering</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Application Manager is built by gathering local and remote application groups.
|
||||
The application groups are gathered from directories located along the<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>application search path</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>used to gather applications</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
application search path.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The default application search path consists of these locations:<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>applications</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>search path</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>search paths</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>applications</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="93*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="435*">
|
||||
<THead>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Scope</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Location</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</THead>
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Built-in</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/appmanager/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>System-wide</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/appmanager/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Personal</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/appmanager</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
<Para>To create the top level of Application Manager, links are created at login time
|
||||
from the application groups (directories) located in directories on the
|
||||
application search path to the Application Manager directory
|
||||
<Filename>/var/dt/appconfig/appmanager/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">login</Symbol><Filename>-</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">hostname</Symbol><Filename>-</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol>. The gathering
|
||||
operation is done by the desktop utility
|
||||
<Command>dtappgather</Command>, which is automatically
|
||||
run by Login Manager after the user has successfully logged in.<IndexTerm><Primary>dtappgather</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, the desktop provides the built-in application group:</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing><Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/appmanager/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/Desktop_Tools</Filename></ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>At login time, a<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Application Manager</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>symbolic links</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
symbolic link is created to:</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing>/<Filename>var/dt/appconfig/appmanager/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">login</Symbol><Filename>-</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">hostname</Symbol><Filename>-</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol><Filename>/Desktop_Tools</Filename></ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>The application search path can include remote directories. This provides a
|
||||
way to gather application groups from systems located throughout the
|
||||
network. For more information, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Adding an Application Server to the
|
||||
Application Search Path&xd3; on page 47'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.12">.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.5">
|
||||
<Title>Precedence Rules in Gathering Applications<IndexTerm><Primary>Application Manager</Primary><Secondary>precedence rules</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>application groups</Primary><Secondary>precedence</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Where duplicates exist along the search path, personal application groups have
|
||||
precedence over system-wide groups, and system-wide groups have
|
||||
precedence over built-in groups. For example, if both
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/appmanager/C/Desktop_Tools</Filename> and
|
||||
<Command>/etc/dt/appconfig/appmanager/C/Desktop_Tools</Command> exist, the
|
||||
application group under <Filename>/etc</Filename> will be the one used.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.6">
|
||||
<Title>Application Groups Provided with the Default Desktop<IndexTerm><Primary>application groups</Primary><Secondary>default</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The uncustomized desktop provides four application groups.</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Desktop_Apps</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Desktop_Tools</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Information</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System_Admin</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.7">
|
||||
<Title>Example of How Application Groups Are Gathered<IndexTerm><Primary>applications</Primary><Secondary>gathering</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Figure 3‐2'--><XRef Role="CodeOrFigureOrTable" Linkend="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.4"> shows an Application Manager window containing a variety of
|
||||
application groups.
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: 'Table 3‐1'--><XRef Role="CodeOrFigureOrTable" Linkend="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.5"> shows the directories from which the application
|
||||
groups were gathered.</Para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.4">A typical Application Manager window</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.CnfAM.fig.2" Id="SAG.CnfAM.grph.2"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
<Table Id="SAG.CnfAM.tbl.1" Frame="Topbot">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.5">Source of Application Groups for
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: 'Figure 3‐2'--><XRef Role="CodeOrFigureOrTable" Linkend="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.4"></Title>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="1.22in">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="4.86in">
|
||||
<THead>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Literal>Name</Literal></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Literal>Directory Gathered</Literal></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</THead>
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>CAD_App</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>/net/ApServA/etc/dt/appconfig/appmanager/C/CAD_App</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>DrawingApp</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/appmanager/C/DrawingApp</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Desktop_Apps</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/appmanager/C/Desktop_Apps</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Desktop_Tools</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>/<Filename>usr/dt/appconfig/appmanager/C/Desktop_Tools</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Information</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/appmanager/C/Information</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>System_Admin</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/appmanager/C/System_Admin</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>MySpreadSheet</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">/</Symbol><Filename>users/anna/.dt/appmanager/MySpreadSheet</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Media_Tools</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/appmanager/C/</Filename>Media_Tools</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</Table>
|
||||
<Para>If the Information or System_Admin application groups have been customized,
|
||||
they will be gathered from <Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/appmanager/C</Filename> instead.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The CAD_App group is gathered because a system named <Command>ApServA</Command> has been
|
||||
added to the application search path (see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Adding an Application Server to the
|
||||
Application Search Path&xd3; on page 47'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.12">). MySpreadSheet is a personal application
|
||||
group, available only to user <Command>anna</Command>.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.8">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.6">Adding Applications to Application Manager<IndexTerm><Primary>applications</Primary><Secondary>adding to Application Manager</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>Application Manager</Primary><Secondary>adding applications</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>When an application has been added to Application Manager, there is an icon
|
||||
in an application group that starts that application.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Many applications provide an application group. The application group is a
|
||||
directory at the top level of Application Manager that contains the application
|
||||
icon and other files related to the application.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Some applications may not have their own application group. Instead, the icon
|
||||
to start the application is located in a general application group. For example,
|
||||
you could create an empty application group named “Games” that you use as
|
||||
a container for all the games you install on the system.</Para>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.9">
|
||||
<Title>Ways to Add Applications to Application Manager<IndexTerm><Primary>applications</Primary><Secondary>ways to add</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>There are two ways to add an application to Application Manager:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Registering the application</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Adding an application icon without registering the application</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Sect3 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.10">
|
||||
<Title>Registering the Application<IndexTerm><Primary>registration</Primary><Secondary>definition</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Application registration provides full application integration.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>applications</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>registered, definition</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>A registered application:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Has its own application group.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Has its desktop configuration files gathered under a single location. This
|
||||
group of desktop configuration files is called the <Emphasis><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>registration package</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>registration package</Emphasis>.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>May have a registered help volume.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>There are two ways an application can become registered:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>When you install a desktop-smart application, registration occurs
|
||||
automatically. See
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;To Add a Desktop-Smart Application to Application
|
||||
Manager&xd3; on page 44'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.7">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>An existing application can be registered by creating a registration package.
|
||||
See
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;To Register an Existing or Non-Desktop Smart Application&xd3; on
|
||||
page 45'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.8">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>The use of a registration package makes the application easier to administer on
|
||||
the desktop. The registration package is created somewhere in the file system
|
||||
other than the locations used for desktop configuration files.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect3>
|
||||
<Sect3 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.11">
|
||||
<Title>Adding the Application without Using a Registration Package.</Title>
|
||||
<Para>This is the preferred way to add application when you want Application
|
||||
Manager to contain only an icon to start the application.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>applications</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>adding without registering</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>An application added without using a registration package:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>May have its own application group, but usually has its icon placed in an
|
||||
existing application group</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Has its desktop configuration files placed directly in locations along the
|
||||
desktop's search paths.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>See
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;To Add an Application Icon to an Existing Application Group&xd3; on
|
||||
page 45'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.9">.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect3>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.12" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.7">To Add a Desktop-Smart Application to Application Manager<IndexTerm><Primary>applications</Primary><Secondary>desktop-smart</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>desktop-smart application</Primary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>A desktop-smart application is an application that is automatically registered
|
||||
into Application Manager when the application is installed. The application's
|
||||
filesets include the registration package required by the desktop.</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Install the application using instructions provided with the application.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>When installation is complete, double-click Reload Applications in the
|
||||
Desktop_Tools application group.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Verify that installation is complete:</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open Application Manager and check for the presence of the new
|
||||
application group.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>To open the application, open the application group and double-click the
|
||||
application's icon.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.13" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.8">To Register an Existing or Non-Desktop Smart Application</Title>
|
||||
<Para>This is the preferred way to fully integrate an application into the desktop.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The desktop provides a tool, <Command>dtappintegrate</Command>, that creates links between the
|
||||
registration package files and the directories on the desktop search path.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Desktop registration is explained in
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 4, &xd2;Registering an Application'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitle" Linkend="SAG.RegAp.div.1">.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.14" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.9">To Add an Application Icon to an Existing Application Group</Title>
|
||||
<Para>This procedure explains how to add an application icon to an existing
|
||||
application group.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, the desktop provides an application group named
|
||||
System_Admin that has been reserved for various applications and scripts
|
||||
related to administering systems. If you have a script that users frequently run,
|
||||
you might want users to be able to run the script by double-clicking an icon in
|
||||
the System_Admin application group.</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Use Create Action to create an action definition for the application.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For more information about Create Action, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 9, &xd2;Creating Actions
|
||||
and Data Types Using Create Action'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitle" Linkend="SAG.dtCrA.div.1">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Create an executable file with the same name as the action name in the
|
||||
directory for the application group. The content of the file is irrelevant.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, if you've created an action named “Cleanup” that runs a
|
||||
system administration tool, you would create the executable file:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>/etc/dt/appconfig/appmanager/<Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol>/System_Admin/Cleanup
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.15">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.10">Creating and Administering General Application Groups<IndexTerm><Primary>application groups</Primary><Secondary>administering</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>A general application is an application group (directory) that is not associated
|
||||
with one particular application product. For example, the built-in
|
||||
Desktop_Tools application group is a general group containing icons for a
|
||||
large number of applications that are related, but not part of a single product.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>You can create additional general application groups. For example, you might
|
||||
want to create a group called Games to group together the various games
|
||||
available on the system.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>A general application group can be system-wide or personal in scope.</Para>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.16" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Create a System-Wide General Application Group<IndexTerm><Primary>application groups</Primary><Secondary>system-wide</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Log in as root.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Create a directory in <Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/appmanager/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The name of the directory becomes the name of the<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>application groups</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>naming</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
application group.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Double-click Reload Applications in the Desktop_Tools application group.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.17" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Create a Personal General Application Group<IndexTerm><Primary>personal application group</Primary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>application groups</Primary><Secondary>personal</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Create a directory in <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/appmanager</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The name of the directory becomes the name of the application group.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Double-click Reload Applications in the Desktop_Tools application group.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.18" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Customize a Built-In Application Group<IndexTerm><Primary>application groups</Primary><Secondary>customizing</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Log in as root.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>If the application group is located in
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/appmanager/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol>, copy the application group
|
||||
to /<Filename>etc/dt/appconfig/appmanager/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Desktop_Tools application group, modifying</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>For example, the following command copies the Desktop_Tools application
|
||||
group:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>cp -r /usr/dt/appconfig/appmanager/C/Desktop_Tools /etc/dt/appconfig/appmanager/C</programlisting>
|
||||
<Para>The new copy of the application group will have precedence over the built-
|
||||
in version.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Modify the copy of the application group. For example, you can add new
|
||||
action files (executable files with the same name as actions).</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>To see the changes, log out and back in.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.19">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.11">Modifying the Search Path Used To Locate Applications<IndexTerm><Primary>application search path</Primary><Secondary>reason for modifying</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The major reason for modifying the application search path is to add an<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>application servers</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>adding</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
application server. When you add an application server to the search path,
|
||||
Application Manager gathers all the server's system-wide application groups.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For more information on the application search path, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Application Search
|
||||
Path&xd3; on page 116'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.Datab.div.7">.</Para>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.20">
|
||||
<Title>The Default Search Path<IndexTerm><Primary>application search path</Primary><Secondary>default</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The default application search path includes these directories:</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="108*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="420*">
|
||||
<THead>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Scope</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Search Path Directory</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</THead>
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Personal</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/appmanager</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>System-wide</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/appmanager/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Built-in</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/appmanager/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.21">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.12">Adding an Application Server to the Application Search Path<IndexTerm><Primary>application search path</Primary><Secondary>modifying</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>In addition to modifying the application search path, it may be necessary to
|
||||
perform additional configuration tasks to enable communication with the
|
||||
application server. See
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Administering Application Services&xd3; on page 99'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.ClSrv.div.32">.</Para>
|
||||
<Sect3 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.22" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Set a System-Wide Application Search Path<IndexTerm><Primary>application search path</Primary><Secondary>system-wide</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Log in as root.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>If the file /<Filename>etc/dt/config/Xsession.d/0010.dtpaths</Filename> doesn't exist,
|
||||
create it by copying <Filename>/usr/dt/config/Xsession.d/0010.dtpaths</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open /<Filename>etc/dt/Xsession.d/0010.paths</Filename> for editing. Add or edit a line
|
||||
setting the <Command><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>DTSPSYSAPPHOSTS variable</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>modifying</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>DTSPSYSAPPHOSTS</Command> variable:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>DTSPSYSAPPHOSTS=<Symbol Role="Variable">hostname</Symbol>:[,hostname]</programlisting>
|
||||
<Para>For example, the following line adds the system <Command>ApServA</Command> to the application
|
||||
search path:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>DTSPSYSAPPHOSTS=ApServA:</programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Inform all users on the system that they must log out and then log back in
|
||||
for the change to take effect.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect3>
|
||||
<Sect3 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.23" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Set a Personal Application Search Path<IndexTerm><Primary>application search path</Primary><Secondary>personal</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dtprofile</Filename> for editing.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Add or edit a line setting the <Command><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>DTSPUSERAPPHOSTS variable</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>modifying</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>DTSPUSERAPPHOSTS</Command> variable:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>DTSPUSERAPPHOSTS=<Symbol Role="Variable">hostname</Symbol>:[,hostname]</programlisting>
|
||||
<Para>For example, the following line adds the systems <Command>ApServB</Command> and <Command>ApServC</Command> to
|
||||
the application search path:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>DTSPUSERAPPHOSTS=ApServB:,ApServC:</programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Log out and then log back in.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect3>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.24">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.13">General Application Manager Administration<IndexTerm><Primary>Application Manager</Primary><Secondary>general administration</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>General Application Manager administration tasks include:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Removing an application</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Rereading the database of applications during a session</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.25" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Remove an Application<IndexTerm><Primary>applications</Primary><Secondary>un-registering</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>applications</Primary><Secondary>removing</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>If an application has been registered using the <Command>dtappintegrate</Command> tool, you can
|
||||
also use <Command>dtappintegrate</Command> to reverse the process. When an application is
|
||||
unregistered, its application group is removed from Application Manager, and
|
||||
its actions, data types, icons, and help are no longer available.</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Log in as root.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>dtappintegrate</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>removing application</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>Run the command:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>dtappintegrate -s <Symbol Role="Variable">app_root</Symbol> -u</programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.26" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Update Application Manager During a Session<IndexTerm><Primary>Application Manager</Primary><Secondary>updating</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>applications</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>reloading</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>You must rebuild Application Manager if you add applications and want those
|
||||
changes to take effect immediately.</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open the Desktop_Tools application group and double-click Reload
|
||||
Applications.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Para>Reload Applications is useful for updating Application Manager when
|
||||
applications are added to an application server. However,<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Reload Applications action</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
Reload Applications
|
||||
does not detect applications that have been removed from an application
|
||||
server, or applications that have been moved from one location to another.
|
||||
These changes take effect when the user logs out and back in.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.27">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.14">Changing the Text Editor and Terminal Emulator<IndexTerm><Primary>text editor, changing</Primary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>terminal emulator</Primary><Secondary>changing</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Both the text editor and terminal emulator applications can be started by
|
||||
choosing a control in the Front Panel, or by double-clicking an icon in
|
||||
Application Manager.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>These applications are also started by other desktop activities.</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The text editor application opens when the user selects a text file in File
|
||||
Manager and chooses Open from the Selected menu. The default text editor
|
||||
is <Command>dtpad</Command>.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>A terminal emulator runs when a user chooses Open Terminal from File
|
||||
Manager's File menu, or when an action opens a terminal emulator window.
|
||||
The default terminal emulator is <Command>dtterm</Command>.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>You can configure the desktop to use a different text editor or terminal
|
||||
emulator application in these situations.</Para>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CnfAM.div.28" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Change the Default Text Editor or Terminal Emulator</Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>If the change is system-wide, log in as root.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Create an action for the new text editor or terminal emulator application.</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>You can use the Create Action application.
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: 'Figure 3‐3'--><XRef Role="CodeOrFigureOrTable" Linkend="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.15"> shows a Create
|
||||
Action window filled in for an application named TextPad. For more
|
||||
information about Create Action, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 9, &xd2;Creating Actions and
|
||||
Data Types Using Create Action'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitle" Linkend="SAG.dtCrA.div.1">.</Para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.15">Create Action window</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.CnfAM.fig.3" Id="SAG.CnfAM.grph.3"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Or, you can create the action definition manually; for example:.</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>ACTION TextPad
|
||||
{
|
||||
LABEL TextPad
|
||||
TYPE COMMAND
|
||||
WINDOW_TYPE NO_STDIO
|
||||
EXEC_STRING /usr/TP/bin/TextPad %(File)Arg_1%
|
||||
DESCRIPTION Double-click this icon to start the \
|
||||
TextPad application.
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<Para>For information on creating action definitions manually, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 10,
|
||||
&xd2;Creating Actions Manually'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitle" Linkend="SAG.CrAct.div.1">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Place the configuration file containing the new action in the proper
|
||||
directory:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System-wide: <Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/types/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Personal: <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/types</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>If it doesn't already exist, create the appropriate <Filename>user-prefs.dt</Filename> file by
|
||||
copying <Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/types/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/user-prefs.dt</Filename> to:<IndexTerm><Primary>user-prefs.dt file</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System-wide: the <Command>/etc/dt/appconfig/types/</Command><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol> directory</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Personal: the <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/types</Filename> directory</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Edit the TextEditor or Terminal action in the system-wide or personal
|
||||
<Filename>user-prefs.dt</Filename> file. Modify the <Filename>MAP_ACTION</Filename> line to map the action to the
|
||||
new action.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, change the line:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>MAP_ACTION Dtpad</programlisting>
|
||||
<Para>to:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>MAP_ACTION TextPad</programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Save the <Filename>user-prefs.dt</Filename> file.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Double-click Reload Actions in the Desktop_Tools application group to
|
||||
reload the actions database.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
</Chapter>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.14 mif-to-docbook 1.7 01/02/96 06:16:56-->
|
||||
1655
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch04.sgm
Normal file
1655
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch04.sgm
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1319
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch05.sgm
Normal file
1319
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch05.sgm
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
402
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch06.sgm
Normal file
402
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch06.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,402 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: ch06.sgm /main/10 1996/11/20 13:41:40 cdedoc $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<Chapter Id="SAG.PrCnf.div.1">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.PrCnf.mkr.1">Configuring and Administering Printing from the Desktop</Title>
|
||||
<Para Id="SAG.PrCnf.mkr.2"><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>printing</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>administration</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>There are a variety of ways a desktop user can print files. They fall into two
|
||||
major categories: printing from the desktop and printing from an application.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Ways to print from the desktop include:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Selecting a file in File Manager and choosing Print from the Selected menu
|
||||
or the icon's pop-up menu</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Dragging a file from File Manager to the Front Panel Printer control or the
|
||||
Personal Printers subpanel</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Dragging a file from File Manager to a printer in the Print Manager main
|
||||
window</Para>
|
||||
<Para>To print from an application, use the Print command, usually accessed from
|
||||
a menu or other control within the application's window.</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable Id="SAG.PrCnf.itbl.1" Frame="All">
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="1">
|
||||
<ColSpec Colname="1" Colwidth="4.0 in">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Adding and Deleting Printers108'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.PrCnf.div.2"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Printer Icon Images109'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.PrCnf.div.6"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Configuring the Default Printer110'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.PrCnf.div.9"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Printing Concepts112'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.PrCnf.div.11"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.PrCnf.div.2">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.PrCnf.mkr.3">Adding and Deleting Printers</Title>
|
||||
<Para>This section contains the procedures for adding and deleting printers from the
|
||||
desktop.</Para>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.PrCnf.div.3" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Add a Printer to the Desktop<IndexTerm><Primary>printers</Primary><Secondary>adding</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Add a printer to your system's configuration.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Follow the instructions in the system administration documentation for
|
||||
your operating system.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Run the command:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>env LANG=<Replaceable Remap="Emphasis">language</Replaceable> /usr/dt/bin/dtprintinfo -populate
|
||||
</Programlisting>
|
||||
<para>Note that you must have super-user permission to run this command.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Restart Print Manager or double-click Reload Actions from the
|
||||
Desktop_Tools application group in Application Manager. Verify that the
|
||||
printer shows up.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Send mail to your users to let them know they should also restart Print
|
||||
Manager or run Reload Actions.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Para>Each time it is invoked,<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Print Manager</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
Print Manager reads the system printers configuration
|
||||
list. If it detects a new printer, it automatically creates a new desktop printer
|
||||
action and icon for that printer. You don't need to do anything else to make the
|
||||
printer appear on the desktop.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.PrCnf.div.4" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.PrCnf.mkr.4">To Delete a Printer from the Desktop<IndexTerm><Primary>printers</Primary><Secondary>deleting</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Remove the printer from your system's configuration.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Follow the instructions in the system administration documentation for
|
||||
your operating system.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Restart Print Manager or double-click Reload Actions from the
|
||||
Desktop_Tools application group in Application Manager. Verify that the
|
||||
printer is gone.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Send mail to your users to let them know they should also restart Print
|
||||
Manager or run Reload Actions.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Para>Each time it is invoked, Print Manager reads the system printers configuration
|
||||
list. If it sees that a printer has been removed from the list, it automatically
|
||||
removes that printer's action and icon from Print Manager and File Manager.
|
||||
You don't need to do anything else to delete the printer from the desktop.</Para>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>Print Manager cannot remove printers from the Front Panel. Therefore,
|
||||
whenever you remove a printer from your configuration, you should send mail
|
||||
to all users on the system telling them to remove any icons of the deleted
|
||||
printer from the Front Panel.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.PrCnf.div.5">
|
||||
<Title>Modifying the Job Update Interval<IndexTerm><Primary>printers</Primary><Secondary>job update interval</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>print jobs update interval</Primary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>To change how often the information displayed in<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Print Manager</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>job update interval</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
Print Manager is
|
||||
updated, modify the job update interval. By default, Print Manager queries
|
||||
printers every thirty seconds for information on their print jobs. You can
|
||||
change how often Print Manager queries the printers by using the Update
|
||||
Interval slider in the Set Options dialog box (displayed by choosing Set
|
||||
Options from the View menu).</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.PrCnf.div.6">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.PrCnf.mkr.5">Printer Icon Images<IndexTerm><Primary>printers</Primary><Secondary>icon images</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>printer images</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>When you add a printer, it is automatically assigned the default printer icon. If
|
||||
you have another icon you want to make available for it, place the icon files in
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/icons/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol>, or in some other directory along the
|
||||
icon search path. Users can then select this icon to replace the default icon for
|
||||
the printer.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>You <Emphasis>must</Emphasis> create a complete set (large, medium, and tiny) of the icons or they
|
||||
will not show up in the icon selector in Print Manager.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For more information about the icon search path, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Icon Search Path&xd3; on
|
||||
page 122'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.Datab.div.20">.</Para>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.PrCnf.div.7">
|
||||
<Title>Icon File Names and Sizes</Title>
|
||||
<Para>Icon file-naming requirements are:</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing><Symbol Role="Variable">base_name.size</Symbol>.<Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>where:</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="56*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="472*">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">size</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Command>l</Command> (large), <Command>m</Command> (medium), <Command>t</Command> (tiny). For more information about icon sizes,
|
||||
see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Icon Size Conventions&xd3; on page 203'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.CrIcn.div.5">.</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Command>pm</Command> (color pixmap), <Command>bm</Command> (bitmap).</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
<Para>For example, icon file names for medium and tiny pixmap icons for a color
|
||||
printer might be <Filename>ColorPrinter.m.pm</Filename> and <Filename>ColorPrinter.t.pm</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Refer to
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 12, &xd2;Creating Icons for the Desktop'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitle" Linkend="SAG.CrIcn.div.1"> for more information on
|
||||
creating icons.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.PrCnf.div.8" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Globally Change the Icon, Printer Label, or Description of a Printer</Title>
|
||||
<Para>You should change global printer properties as soon as you add the printer,
|
||||
before users have modified it using Print Manager. Once a user has modified
|
||||
the printer properties using Print Manager, they will not see the changes you
|
||||
make.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Edit the file <ComputerOutput>/etc/dt/appconfig/types/</ComputerOutput><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><ComputerOutput>/</ComputerOutput><Symbol Role="Variable">printer_queue_name</Symbol><ComputerOutput>.dt</ComputerOutput>
|
||||
with the desired information for the icon, printer label, or description:</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>In the <Command>ICON</Command> field, update <Symbol Role="Variable">basename</Symbol> to the new icon base name.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>printers</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>labels</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>In the <Command>LABEL</Command> field, update <Symbol Role="Variable">labelname</Symbol> to the new label for the printer.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>printers</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>On Item help</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>help</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>on printer icons</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>Update the text in the <Command>DESCRIPTION</Command> field.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>This is a good place to put the location of the printer, type of printer, and
|
||||
printer contact. To add more than one line, put a <Filename>\</Filename> at the end of the line. For
|
||||
example:</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<programlisting>DESCRIPTION This is a PostScript Printer in Building 1\
|
||||
Room 123. Call 555-5555 for problems.</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.PrCnf.div.9">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.PrCnf.mkr.6">Configuring the Default Printer<IndexTerm><Primary>printers</Primary><Secondary>default</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The default printer is accessed when the user:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Drops an object on the Front Panel Printer control</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Selects an object in File Manager and chooses Print from the Selected menu
|
||||
or the icon's pop-up menu</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Prints from applications that use the default printer</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.PrCnf.div.10" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Change the Destination for Default Printing<IndexTerm><Primary>printing</Primary><Secondary>default destination</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>To change the default printer for all users:</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open the file <ComputerOutput>/etc/dt/config/Xsession.d/0010.dtpaths</ComputerOutput>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>If <ComputerOutput>/etc/dt/config/Xsession.d/0010.dtpaths</ComputerOutput> does not exist, copy it
|
||||
from <ComputerOutput>/usr/dt/config/Xsession.</ComputerOutput><Filename>d/0010.dtpaths</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>In the <ComputerOutput>LPDEST=</ComputerOutput><Symbol Role="Variable">printer</Symbol> line,
|
||||
update <Symbol Role="Variable">printer</Symbol> to the new destination for default
|
||||
printing.<IndexTerm><Primary>LPDEST variable</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>If the line does not exist, add a line
|
||||
<ComputerOutput>LPDEST=</ComputerOutput><Symbol Role="Variable">printer</Symbol>, where
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">printer</Symbol> is the name of the printer you want to
|
||||
be your default printer.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Users need to log out and back in.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Para>To change the default printer for a single user, that user should:</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Copy another printer to the Front Panel from the Personal Printers
|
||||
subpanel.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Para>To designate a different printer as the default printer:</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Go to your home folder and open the file <Filename>.dtprofile</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Add or edit a line that sets a value for the LPDEST environment variable:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>LPDEST=<Symbol Role="Variable">printer_device;</Symbol> <Command>export LPDEST</Command>
|
||||
</Programlisting>
|
||||
<para>If you are using <Command>csh</Command>, the syntax is:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>:setenv LPDEST <Symbol Role="Variable">printer_device</Symbol>
|
||||
</Programlisting>
|
||||
<Para>For example, the following line would change the default printer to the
|
||||
printer whose device name is <Command>laser3d</Command>.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>LPDEST=laser3d; export LPDEST</programlisting>
|
||||
<Para>If you are using <Command>csh</Command> the syntax is:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>setenv LPDEST laser3d</programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.PrCnf.div.11">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.PrCnf.mkr.7">Printing Concepts<IndexTerm><Primary>printing</Primary><Secondary>concepts</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<para>Users can invoke printing either by dragging an object, whether it be a
|
||||
file icon or a text selection, onto the printer icon and dropping it there.
|
||||
Alternatively, users can invoke printing by selecting a print command
|
||||
in an application. In each case, the printing proceeds differently.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.PrCnf.div.12">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.PrCnf.mkr.8">Printing By Drag and Drop Invocation<IndexTerm><Primary>printing</Primary><Secondary>by drag and drop</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<para>When a print request is initiated by dropping a file or a text selection
|
||||
on a printer control, the system proceeds as follows:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The system searches the data-type database for the definition of the
|
||||
object dropped.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>If there is a unique print action for the data type (specified using the
|
||||
ARG_TYPE field in the print action), it is used. If no unique print
|
||||
action for the data type is found, the default print action uses
|
||||
<command>dtlp</command> to print the object. For example, if the file is
|
||||
a PostScript. file, the system uses the Print action for PostScript
|
||||
files. (This action is defined in
|
||||
<filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/types/<language>/dt.dt</filename>.) If
|
||||
you used the Create Action tool for this data type, the print command
|
||||
you entered is the unique print action that will be used to print files
|
||||
with this data type.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The file is ultimately delivered to the printer using the normal UNIX
|
||||
<command>lp</command> printing subsystem.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.PrCnf.div.13">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.PrCnf.mkr.9">Printing From CDE Applications<IndexTerm><Primary>printing</Primary><Secondary>from CDE applications</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<para>A number of the CDE applications, including the Calendar Manager
|
||||
(<command>dtcm</command>), the Help Manager (<command>dthelp</command>),
|
||||
the Mailer (<command>dtmail</command>), and the Text Editor
|
||||
(<command>dtpad</command>) have built-in support for printing. These
|
||||
applications rely on the services of the X Print Server to accomplish
|
||||
their printing. The X Print Server is simply a normal (video) X Server
|
||||
which has been enhanced to produce output for various types of printers
|
||||
including raster, PCL, and Post Script.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>When a print request is initiated from inside a CDE application (for example
|
||||
by selecting the "Print ..." command from the File menu in the Text Editor),
|
||||
the following happens:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The application displays a dialog allowing the user to set generic,
|
||||
application specific, or printer specific printing options.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The application sends instructions to the X Print Server. The
|
||||
instructions include standard X drawing requests enhanced by page and
|
||||
job boundary indicators.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The X Print Server translates the instructions into output appropriate
|
||||
to the target printer. The particular output produced depends upon
|
||||
the capablilities of the X Print Server and the target printer selected.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The X Print Server delivers the print output to the printer using the
|
||||
normal UNIX <command>lp</command> printing subsystem.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Sect3 Id="SAG.PrCnf.div.14">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.PrCnf.mkr.10">To Support Printing From CDE Applications<IndexTerm><Primary>printing</Primary><Secondary>support for CDE applications</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<para>In addition to the application and the X Print Server, two programs are
|
||||
required to support printing from CDE applications: the Print Dialog
|
||||
Manager (PDM) and the PDM daemon.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>Displaying and setting printer-specific printing options are handled in
|
||||
special programs called Print Dialog Managers (PDMs). Each class of
|
||||
printer has its own PDM, which knows about the specific set of options
|
||||
and capabilities that it offers.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>A second class of programs called PDM daemons handle the tasks of
|
||||
recognizing the fact that an application wants to display or set
|
||||
printer-specific printing options and starting the correct PDM for the
|
||||
selected printer.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>In summary, for printing from CDE applications to proceed successfully you
|
||||
must:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Make sure that the printers are added correctly to your system's
|
||||
configuration.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Make sure that the correctly configured X Print Servers needed
|
||||
to support your printer configuration are running. The default X
|
||||
Print Server for CDE is <literal>Xprt</literal>.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Make sure that the correctly configured Print Dialog Manager (PDM)
|
||||
daemons needed to support your printer configuration are running.
|
||||
The default PDM daemon for CDE is <command>dtpdmd</command>.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Make sure that the correctly configured Print Dialog Managers (PDMs)
|
||||
needed to support your printer configuration are available.
|
||||
The default PDM for CDE is <command>dtpdm</command>.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect3>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</Chapter>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.14 mif-to-docbook 1.7 01/02/96 06:16:56-->
|
||||
1118
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch07.sgm
Normal file
1118
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch07.sgm
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
550
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch08.sgm
Normal file
550
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch08.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: ch08.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 19:33:24 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<Chapter Id="SAG.IntAc.div.1">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.IntAc.mkr.1">Introduction to Actions and Data Types</Title>
|
||||
<Para><Emphasis><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>actions</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>introduction</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>data types</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>introduction</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>Actions</Emphasis> and <Emphasis>data types</Emphasis> are powerful components for integrating applications
|
||||
into the desktop. They provide a way to create a user interface for starting
|
||||
applications and manipulating their data files.</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable Id="SAG.IntAc.itbl.1" Frame="All">
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="1">
|
||||
<ColSpec Colname="1" Colwidth="4.0 in">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Introduction To Actions128'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.IntAc.div.3"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Introduction to Data Types135'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.IntAc.div.7"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
<Para>This chapter introduces the concepts of actions and data types. It describes:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Why you may want to create actions and data types for applications.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>How actions and data types are related to each other.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>How actions and data types are related to desktop printing.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.IntAc.div.2">
|
||||
<Title>See Also</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The procedures and rules for creating actions and data types are covered in
|
||||
three chapters in this manual.</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 9'--><XRef Role="ChapterNumber" Linkend="SAG.dtCrA.div.1"> explains how to create actions and data types using the desktop
|
||||
application Create Action.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>You can use Create Action to create actions and data types for most
|
||||
applications without having to learn the syntax rules for their definitions.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 10'--><XRef Role="ChapterNumber" Linkend="SAG.CrAct.div.1"> and
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 11'--><XRef Role="ChapterNumber" Linkend="SAG.CrDT.div.1"> explain how to create actions and data types
|
||||
manually by creating and editing configuration files.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>It is necessary to create actions and data types manually when you want to
|
||||
use advanced features not supported by Create Action.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.IntAc.div.3">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.IntAc.mkr.2">Introduction To Actions<IndexTerm><Primary>actions</Primary><Secondary>introduction</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Actions are instructions written that automate desktop tasks such as running
|
||||
applications and opening data files. Actions work much like application
|
||||
macros or programming functions. Each action has a name that is used to run
|
||||
the action.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Once you define an action, it can be used to adapt the desktop user interface so
|
||||
that tasks are easier to do. The desktop provides the ability to attach user
|
||||
interface components such as icons, Front Panel controls, and menu items to
|
||||
actions.</Para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title>Uses for actions</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.IntAc.fig.1" Id="SAG.IntAc.grph.1"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
<Para>For example, the Desktop_Tools application group in Application Manager
|
||||
contains icons that start various utilities.</Para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title>Action icons in the Desktop_Tools application group</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.IntAc.fig.2" Id="SAG.IntAc.grph.2"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
<Para>Each of these icons runs an action when the icon is double-clicked. For
|
||||
example, here's a portion of the definition of the action that runs when the user
|
||||
double-clicks the icon labeled Xwd Display. The action is defined in the
|
||||
configuration file <Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/types/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/xclients.dt</Filename>:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>ACTION Xwud
|
||||
{
|
||||
LABEL Xwd Display
|
||||
TYPE COMMAND
|
||||
EXEC_STRING /usr/bin/X11/xwud -noclick -in \
|
||||
%(File)Arg_1“Xwd File To Display:“%
|
||||
…
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>The command in the action's <Filename>EXEC_STRING</Filename> is run when the user double-clicks
|
||||
the icon.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>actions</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>used by Front Panel</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Front Panel</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>using actions</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>The Front Panel also uses actions. For example, here's a portion of the
|
||||
definition of the control labeled Terminal in the Personal Applications
|
||||
subpanel. The control is defined in the configuration file
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/types/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/dtwm.fp</Filename>:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>CONTROL Term
|
||||
{
|
||||
ICON Fpterm
|
||||
LABEL Terminal
|
||||
PUSH_ACTION Dtterm
|
||||
…
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>The <Filename>PUSH_ACTION</Filename> field specifies the action to run when the user clicks the
|
||||
control—in this case, an action named Dtterm.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>actions</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>used in menus</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>menus</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>using actions</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>Another common use for actions is in menus. Data files usually have actions in
|
||||
their Selected menu in File Manager. For example, XWD files (files with names
|
||||
ending in<Filename>.xwd</Filename> or<Filename>.wd</Filename>) have an Open action that displays the screen image by
|
||||
running the Xwud action.</Para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title>Open action for files of data type XWD</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.IntAc.fig.3" Id="SAG.IntAc.grph.3"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
<Para>The actions in the<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Selected menu</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
Selected menu are specified in the data type definition for
|
||||
XWD files. The definition is located in the configuration file
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/types/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/xclients.dt.</Filename></Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>DATA_ATTRIBUTES XWD
|
||||
{
|
||||
ACTIONS Open,Print
|
||||
ICON Dtxwd
|
||||
…
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>The XWD data type, and its associated Open and Print actions, are explained
|
||||
in
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;How Data Types Connect Data Files to Actions&xd3; on page 136'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.IntAc.div.9">.</Para>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.IntAc.div.4">
|
||||
<Title>How Actions Create Icons for Applications<IndexTerm><Primary>actions</Primary><Secondary>creating icons for applications</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>applications</Primary><Secondary>creating icons for</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>for applications</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Consider the Xwd Display icon in the Desktop_Tools application group.
|
||||
Double-clicking this icon runs the X client <Command>xwud</Command>. However, this icon does not
|
||||
directly represent the actual <Command>xwud</Command> executable <Filename>/usr/bin/X11/xwud</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The icon labeled Xwd Display appears in the application group because there
|
||||
is a file in that directory named <Command>Xwud</Command> (see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: 'Figure 8‐4'--><XRef Role="CodeOrFigureOrTable" Linkend="SAG.IntAc.mkr.1">). This file represents an
|
||||
underlying action with the same name—Xwud. In the action definition, the
|
||||
action name is the name following the <Command>ACTION</Command> keyword:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>ACTION Xwud
|
||||
{
|
||||
LABEL Xwd Display
|
||||
TYPE COMMAND
|
||||
WINDOW_TYPE NO_STDIO
|
||||
EXEC_STRING /usr/bin/X11/xwud -noclick -in \
|
||||
%(File)Arg_1“Xwd File To Display:“%
|
||||
DESCRIPTION The Xwd Display (Xwud) XwdDisplay action \
|
||||
displays an xwd file that was created using the \
|
||||
Xwd Capture (Xwd) action. It uses \
|
||||
the xwud command.
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>action file</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>definition</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>The file is called an <Emphasis>action file</Emphasis> because it represents an action. A file is an action
|
||||
file when it is an executable file with the same name as an action. Its icon in
|
||||
Application Manager (or File Manager) is called an<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>action icon</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Emphasis>action icon</Emphasis>, or<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>application icon</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>creating</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Emphasis>application
|
||||
icon</Emphasis>, because double-clicking it starts an application.</Para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.IntAc.mkr.3">Application (action) icon representing an action file</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.IntAc.fig.4" Id="SAG.IntAc.grph.4"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
<Para>When Application Manager detects an executable file, it looks through the
|
||||
actions database to see if there are any actions whose names match the file
|
||||
name. If a match is found, Application Manager knows that the file is an action
|
||||
file.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>action file</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>contents</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>The content of the action file is irrelevant; action files usually contain
|
||||
comments describing their desktop function.</Para>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>The <Emphasis>action file</Emphasis> is not the same as the <Emphasis>action definition file</Emphasis>. The <Emphasis>action file</Emphasis> is
|
||||
a file with the same name as the action. It is used to create the <Emphasis>application icon</Emphasis>
|
||||
in File Manager or Application Manager. The <Emphasis>action definition file</Emphasis> is the file
|
||||
named <Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol><Filename>.dt</Filename> containing the definition of the action.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
<Para>Once the desktop determines that a file is an action file, the underlying action
|
||||
definition is used to define the appearance and behavior of the action file.</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The <Filename>EXEC_STRING</Filename> field specifies the behavior of the application icon. In the
|
||||
case of the Xwd Display icon, the <Filename>EXEC_STRING</Filename> specifies that the action
|
||||
icon runs the <Command>xwud</Command> X client with certain command-line arguments.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The <Command>LABEL</Command> field specifies the label for the application icon.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The <Command>DESCRIPTION</Command> field describes the text displayed when the user requests
|
||||
On Item help.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The Xwud application icon uses the default icon image for actions because
|
||||
its action definition does contain an <Command>ICON</Command> field to specify a different image.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>In contrast, the icon labeled Compress File uses a different icon image
|
||||
because its underlying action definition contains an <Command>ICON</Command> field:</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>ACTION Compress
|
||||
LABEL Compress File
|
||||
ICON Dtcmprs
|
||||
…
|
||||
}
|
||||
</Programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title>Icon image specified by the ICON field in the action definition</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.IntAc.fig.5" Id="SAG.IntAc.grph.5"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
<Para>The Xwud action is called a <Symbol Role="Variable">command</Symbol> action because its definition contains the
|
||||
command (<Filename>EXEC_STRING</Filename>) to be run. The <Command>TYPE</Command> field in the action definition
|
||||
defines the action type.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Initially, the Xwd Display icon appears in the Desktop_Tools application
|
||||
group. However, you can create additional copies of the action icon in any
|
||||
directory for which you have write permission. As long as the Xwud action
|
||||
definition is part of the database, any executable file you create named <Command>Xwud</Command>
|
||||
will be an action file representing that action, and its icon in File Manager or
|
||||
Application Manager can be used to run the action.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.IntAc.div.5">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.IntAc.mkr.4">How Actions Use Data Files as Arguments<IndexTerm><Primary>actions</Primary><Secondary>file arguments</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>arguments</Primary><Secondary>of actions</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>An<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>arguments</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>of actions</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">argument</Symbol> of a command is the thing, usually a<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>file argument</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>used in actions</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
file, that the command acts
|
||||
upon. Actions can be written to accept file arguments.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, the <Filename>EXEC_STRING</Filename> of the Xwud action specifies that a file
|
||||
argument is required:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>EXEC_STRING /usr/bin/X11/xwud -noclick -in \
|
||||
%(File)Arg_1“Xwd File To Display:“%
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>The term <Command>Arg</Command> stands for the word <Symbol Role="Variable">argument.</Symbol> The syntax<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Arg_1 syntax</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Filename>Arg_1</Filename> means the first
|
||||
argument, and <Filename>(File)</Filename> means that the action treats that argument as a file.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>application icon</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>dropped files</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>actions</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>accepting dropped files</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>application icon</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>double-clicking</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>The easiest way for the user to provide a file argument is to drop a data file on
|
||||
the application icon. The desktop determines the path of the dropped file and
|
||||
substitutes it into the command line in place of the text between the <Filename>%</Filename> symbols
|
||||
(<ComputerOutput>%(File)Arg_1“Xwd File To Display:“%</ComputerOutput>). Thus, the command that gets
|
||||
executed is:</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing>/usr/bin/X11/xwud -noclick -in <Symbol Role="Variable">file_path</Symbol></ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>When the user double-clicks the application icon, the desktop determines from
|
||||
the <Filename>EXEC_STRING</Filename> that a file argument is required, and displays a dialog box
|
||||
prompting the user to enter a file name or path. In the case of the Xwud action,
|
||||
the prompt is:</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing>Xwd File To Display:</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>The file name or path supplied by the user is used as the file argument.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.IntAc.div.6">
|
||||
<Title>Additional Uses for Actions<IndexTerm><Primary>actions</Primary><Secondary>uses</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>In addition to starting applications, actions are used throughout the desktop to
|
||||
create functionality in:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The Front Panel.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The definition for a Front Panel control includes fields that specify the
|
||||
action that runs when the user clicks the control or drops a file on it. For
|
||||
more information, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Defining Front Panel Controls&xd3; on page 228'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.FrPC.div.34">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Menus.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The syntax for the Window and Workspace menu definitions allows you to
|
||||
specify the action to be run by a menu item. For more information, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Workspace Manager Menus&xd3; on page 246'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.WMCnf.div.13"> and the <Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">dtwmrc(4)</Filename> man page.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Communication between applications.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>An application can be designed to send and receive information using a
|
||||
special type of action called ToolTalk message (<Filename>TT_MSG</Filename>). <Filename>TT_MSG</Filename> actions are
|
||||
described in the developer environment documentation for the desktop.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.IntAc.div.7">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.IntAc.mkr.5">Introduction to Data Types<IndexTerm><Primary>data types</Primary><Secondary>introduction</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>When the user creates a new data file, the appearance and behavior of the file's
|
||||
icon in File Manager varies depending on the type of data file the user has
|
||||
created. This ability to create custom appearance and behavior for files and
|
||||
directories is provided by the desktop's data typing mechanism.</Para>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.IntAc.div.8">
|
||||
<Title>What Is a Data Type?<IndexTerm><Primary>Create Action</Primary><Secondary>data type creation</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>data types</Primary><Secondary>created with Create Action</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>A data type is a construct that is defined within the desktop database. For
|
||||
example, here is the definition of the XWD data type. The definition is in the
|
||||
configuration file <Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/types/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/xclients.dt</Filename>:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>DATA_ATTRIBUTES XWD
|
||||
{
|
||||
ACTIONS Open,Print
|
||||
ICON Dtxwd
|
||||
NAME_TEMPLATE %s.xwd
|
||||
MIME_TYPE application/octet-stream
|
||||
SUNV3_TYPE xwd-file
|
||||
DESCRIPTION This file contains a graphics image in the XWD \
|
||||
format. These files are typically created by \
|
||||
taking snapshots of windows using the XwdCapture \
|
||||
action. Its data type is named XWD. XWD files \
|
||||
have names ending with `.xwd' or `.wd'.
|
||||
}
|
||||
DATA_CRITERIA XWD1
|
||||
{
|
||||
DATA_ATTRIBUTES_NAME XWD
|
||||
MODE f
|
||||
NAME_PATTERN *.xwd
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DATA_CRITERIA XWD2
|
||||
{
|
||||
DATA_ATTRIBUTES_NAME XWD
|
||||
MODE f
|
||||
NAME_PATTERN *.wd
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>Every data type definition has two parts:</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="161*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="367*">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>DATA_ATTRIBUTES</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Describes the appearance and behavior of the data
|
||||
type.</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>DATA_CRITERIA</Filename>,</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Specifies the rules (naming or content) for categorizing
|
||||
a file as belonging to that data type.</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
<Para>The <Filename>DATA_ATTRIBUTES_NAME</Filename> field connects the criteria to the attributes.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>There can be multiple <Filename>DATA_CRITERIA</Filename> for a <Filename>DATA_ATTRIBUTE</Filename>. For example,
|
||||
the XWD data type has two criteria to specify two different naming criteria
|
||||
(<Filename>NAME_PATTERN</Filename>)—names ending with <Filename>.xwd</Filename> or <Filename>.wd</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.IntAc.div.9">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.IntAc.mkr.6">How Data Types Connect Data Files to Actions<IndexTerm><Primary>data types</Primary><Secondary>relationship to actions</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>actions</Primary><Secondary>relationship to data types</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Consider the XWD data type. The user creates an XWD-type file by giving the
|
||||
file one of two file-name suffixes (extensions): <Filename>.xwd</Filename> or<Filename>.wd</Filename>. The desktop uses
|
||||
the file name as the <Emphasis>criteria</Emphasis> for designating a file as that type.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The XWD data type supplies each file of that data type with:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>A unique icon image that helps users recognize the data files.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>On Item help that tells you about the data type.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>A customized Selected menu in File Manager containing the actions Open
|
||||
and Print. The Open action for XWD files runs the Xwud action.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Sect3 Id="SAG.IntAc.div.10">
|
||||
<Title>Running Actions from the Selected Menu<IndexTerm><Primary>Selected menu</Primary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The Selected menu in File Manager is active only when a file or directory is
|
||||
selected. The commands at the bottom of the Selected menu depend on the
|
||||
data type. For example, if an XWD file is selected, the Selected menu includes
|
||||
the items Open and Print.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The <Command>ACTIONS</Command> field in the data type definition specifies the commands added to
|
||||
the bottom of the data type's Selected menu.</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>DATA_ATTRIBUTES XWD
|
||||
{
|
||||
ACTIONS Open,Print
|
||||
…
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Selected menu</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>The contents of the Selected menu depends on the data type. However, many
|
||||
different data types provide an Open action—that is, when you select a file of
|
||||
that particular data type in File Manager and display the Selected menu, you
|
||||
see an Open command.</Para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title>The Selected menu for an XWD file</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.IntAc.fig.6" Id="SAG.IntAc.grph.6"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
<Para>The<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Open action</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
Open action usually runs the application with which the data file is
|
||||
associated. For example, opening an XWD file runs the Xwud action, which in
|
||||
turn runs the xwud X client to display the screen image. In other words, for the
|
||||
XWD data type, the Open action is synonymous with the Xwud action.
|
||||
Likewise, opening a file of data type TEXTFILE runs the Text Editor, and
|
||||
opening a BM (bitmap) or PM (pixmap) file runs Icon Editor.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The ability to create a variety of Open actions that do different things uses two
|
||||
features of action definitions:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Action mapping.<IndexTerm><Primary>actions</Primary><Secondary>mapping</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>MAP actions</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Action mapping lets you create an action that runs another action, rather
|
||||
than directly running a command. For example, you can create an Open
|
||||
action that maps to (runs) the Xwud action.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Data-type restrictions on an action.<IndexTerm><Primary>actions</Primary><Secondary>restricted by data type</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Action definitions can include an <Filename>ARG_TYPE</Filename> field that limits the action to
|
||||
certain data types. For example, you can specify that the Open action that
|
||||
maps to the Xwud action applies only to files of data type XWD.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>Here is the definition of the action that maps the Open action to the Xwud
|
||||
action for the XWD data type. It is located in the database configuration file
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/types/<Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol>/xclients.dt</Filename>:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>ACTION Open
|
||||
{
|
||||
LABEL Open
|
||||
ARG_TYPE XWD
|
||||
TYPE MAP
|
||||
MAP_ACTION Xwud
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>The <Command>TYPE</Command> field specifies that this is a map action; the <Filename>MAP_ACTION</Filename> field
|
||||
specifies this action runs the Xwud action. The <Filename>ARG_TYPE</Filename> field specifies that
|
||||
this action applies only to files whose data type is XWD.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Compare the previous definition of the Open action to the next definition,
|
||||
which appears in the database file <Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/types/<Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol>/dt.dt</Filename>:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>ACTION Open
|
||||
{
|
||||
LABEL Open
|
||||
ARG_TYPE BM
|
||||
TYPE MAP
|
||||
MAP_ACTION Dticon
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>This definition applies to files of data type (<Filename>ARG_TYPE</Filename>) BM (bitmap files). The
|
||||
definition maps the Open action to the Dticon action, which runs Icon Editor.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect3>
|
||||
<Sect3 Id="SAG.IntAc.div.11">
|
||||
<Title><IndexTerm><Primary>data types</Primary><Secondary>double-click behavior</Secondary></IndexTerm>Defining the Double-Click Behavior of the Data Type</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The data type's double-click behavior is defined by the first entry in the
|
||||
<Command>ACTIONS</Command> field. For example, for the XWD data type, the double-click behavior
|
||||
is to run the Open action, which in turn runs the Xwud action.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect3>
|
||||
<Sect3 Id="SAG.IntAc.div.12">
|
||||
<Title>Dropping a Data File on an Action Icon<IndexTerm><Primary>data types</Primary><Secondary>drop behavior</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>When the user drops a data file on an action icon, the system runs the action
|
||||
using that data file as the argument for the action (see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;How Actions Use Data
|
||||
Files as Arguments&xd3; on page 133'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.IntAc.mkr.4">).</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, when an XWD data file is dropped on the Xwd Display icon, the
|
||||
Xwud action is run using the data file argument. This runs the <Command>xwud</Command> X client
|
||||
with that data file.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect3>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.IntAc.div.13">
|
||||
<Title>Creating Desktop Printing for a Data Type<IndexTerm><Primary>data types</Primary><Secondary>printing</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>printing</Primary><Secondary>configuring for data type</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Desktop printing provides these ways to print a data file:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Using the Print command, if available, in the File Manager Selected menu.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Dropping a data file on a desktop printer drop zone (the Front Panel Printer
|
||||
control or a printer icon in Print Manager).</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>In addition to desktop printing, many applications provide a way to print from
|
||||
within the application.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Desktop printing uses actions named Print. Print, like Open, is an action name
|
||||
that is used for many different types of data. Therefore, Print actions use action
|
||||
mapping and the <Filename>ARG_TYPE</Filename> field to customize printing for each data type.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, here is the Print action for the XWD data type. The definition is
|
||||
located in <Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/types/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/xclients.dt</Filename>:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>ACTION Print
|
||||
{
|
||||
LABEL Print
|
||||
ARG_TYPE XWD
|
||||
TYPE MAP
|
||||
MAP_ACTION NoPrint
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>This Print action, specific to XWD files, is mapped to a NoPrint action. NoPrint
|
||||
is a special action defined in <Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/types/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/dt.dt</Filename>.
|
||||
The<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>NoPrint action</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
NoPrint action displays a dialog box telling the user that this data type
|
||||
cannot be printed.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Compare the XWD Print action with the following Print action for PCL files:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>ACTION Print
|
||||
LABEL Print
|
||||
ARG_TYPE PCL
|
||||
TYPE MAP
|
||||
MAP_ACTION PrintRaw
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>The PrintRaw action, defined in the configuration file
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/types/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/print.dt</Filename>, contains the command
|
||||
line for printing the PCL files.</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>ACTION PrintRaw
|
||||
{
|
||||
TYPE COMMAND
|
||||
WINDOW_TYPE NO_STDIO
|
||||
EXEC_STRING /usr/dt/bin/dtlp -w %(File)Arg_1%
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
</Chapter>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.14 mif-to-docbook 1.7 01/02/96 06:16:56-->
|
||||
693
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch09.sgm
Normal file
693
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch09.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,693 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: ch09.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 19:33:33 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<Chapter Id="SAG.dtCrA.div.1">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.dtCrA.mkr.1">Creating Actions and Data Types Using Create Action<IndexTerm><Primary>Create Action</Primary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Create Action is a tool for creating:<IndexTerm><Primary>Create Action</Primary><Secondary>introduction</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>dtCreate, See Create Action</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>An action to start an application</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>One or more data types for an application's data files</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Actions for opening and printing the application's data files</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>Create Action is also useful for creating simple actions for running operating
|
||||
system commands and shell scripts.</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable Id="SAG.dtCrA.itbl.1" Frame="All">
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="1">
|
||||
<ColSpec Colname="1" Colwidth="4.0 in">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'What Create Action Does141'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.dtCrA.div.2"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Limitations of Create Action142'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.dtCrA.div.3"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Creating an Action and Data Type for an Application with Create
|
||||
Action143'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.dtCrA.div.6"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
<Para>For reference information, see the <Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">dtcreate</Filename>(1) man page.</Para>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.dtCrA.div.2">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.dtCrA.mkr.2">What Create Action Does<IndexTerm><Primary>Create Action</Primary><Secondary>functionality</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Create Action includes a main window and a set of dialog boxes for creating
|
||||
an action and its associated data types.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Create Action does the following:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Creates an action definition that runs a command.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Create Action</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>configuration file created</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>action definition file, created by Create Action</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>Creates a file <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/types/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">action_name</Symbol><Filename>.dt.</Filename> This file stores
|
||||
the action and data type definitions created for the application.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Creates an<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>action file</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Emphasis>action file</Emphasis> in the user's home directory. The action file is an
|
||||
executable file with the same<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>actions</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>name</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
name as the action.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The action file's representation in File Manager is called an<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>application icon</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>using Create Action</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Emphasis>application icon</Emphasis>
|
||||
because double-clicking it starts the application.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Optionally, you can make the action icon a drop zone by specifying
|
||||
dropable data types when you create the action.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Creates one or more data types for the application's data files (optional).</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Creates an Open action for each data type.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Creates a Print action for each data type (optional).</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Reloads the database of actions and data types. This makes the actions and
|
||||
data types take effect immediately.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.dtCrA.div.3">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.dtCrA.mkr.3">Limitations of Create Action<IndexTerm><Primary>Create Action</Primary><Secondary>limitations</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Create Action is designed to create actions and data types for running
|
||||
applications. However, actions and data types are very flexible, and include
|
||||
additional functionality that can only be accessed if you create the definitions
|
||||
manually.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For more information, see:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 10, &xd2;Creating Actions Manually'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitle" Linkend="SAG.CrAct.div.1"></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 11, &xd2;Creating Data Types Manually'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitle" Linkend="SAG.CrDT.div.1"></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.dtCrA.div.4">
|
||||
<Title>Action Limitations<IndexTerm><Primary>actions</Primary><Secondary>limitations of Create Action</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>You cannot use Create Action to create the action for an application if any of
|
||||
the following conditions are true:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The command line requires a<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>actions</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>non-file arguments</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary><$nopage>actions</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>parameters, See arguments</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
non-file argument (parameter).</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, you cannot use Create Action to write an action for the
|
||||
command:</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing>lp -d<Symbol Role="Variable">device filename</Symbol></ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>where the user has to supply <Symbol Role="Variable">device</Symbol> each time the command is executed.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The application icon must have a different label than the action name.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, you cannot use Create Action to provide a local-language
|
||||
version of an existing action.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The action requires any of the advanced features of the action database.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Examples of these advanced features are actions that:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Launch commands on systems remote from the action definition</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Invoke other actions</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Must be run as a different user (for example, as superuser)</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Make extensive use of the ``map'' feature</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Have very different behaviors, depending on the number of file
|
||||
arguments supplied to the action</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.dtCrA.div.5">
|
||||
<Title>Data Type Limitations<IndexTerm><Primary>data types</Primary><Secondary>requirements for manual creation</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>data types</Primary><Secondary>limitation of Create Action</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>You cannot use Create Action to create the data type for an application if any
|
||||
of the following conditions are true:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The data type must have additional actions associated with it other than
|
||||
Open and Print.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The Open action for the data type is not the action's command.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, you cannot use Create Action to create the data type that
|
||||
provides a unique icon for the directory representing the application's
|
||||
application group.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.dtCrA.div.6">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.dtCrA.mkr.4">Creating an Action and Data Type for an Application with Create Action<IndexTerm><Primary>Create Action</Primary><Secondary>using</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>There are some things you'll need to know about the application before you
|
||||
run Create Action.</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The command line for starting the application.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>You'll need to know whether the command line includes a required file
|
||||
argument, an optional file argument, or no file argument.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>If the application requires a non-file argument, you cannot use Create
|
||||
Action to create the action.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The types of data files an application can accept.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Some applications can accept only one type of data. Others (for example, an
|
||||
ASCII editor or graphics editor) can accept multiple data types.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The way the application identifies its data files.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>This may be a naming convention (for example, file names ending
|
||||
with<Filename>.doc</Filename>), and/or may depend on the content of the file. If the application
|
||||
does not use a file-name convention, you can still set one up for the action
|
||||
icon.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Optional: The command line to print the files</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.dtCrA.div.7" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.dtCrA.mkr.5">To Create an Action for an Application</Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Double-click Create Action in the Desktop_Apps application group.<IndexTerm><Primary>Create Action</Primary><Secondary>starting</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title>Create Action icon in Application Manager</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.dtCrA.fig.1" Id="SAG.dtCrA.grph.1"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Create Action</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>main window</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>This displays the main Create Action window.</Para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title>Create Action main window</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.dtCrA.fig.2" Id="SAG.dtCrA.grph.2"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Type the name that will label the action icon into the<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Action Name field in Create Action</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Create Action</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>action name</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
Action Name text field.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Use the<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Action Icons controls, in Create Action</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
Action Icons controls to specify the icon for the application. Initially,
|
||||
the default icon is shown.</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>To choose a different, existing icon, click Find Set to display the Find Set
|
||||
dialog box. See
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Using the Find Set Dialog Box To Specify an Icon&xd3; on
|
||||
page 152'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.dtCrA.div.9">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>To create new icons, choose Edit Icon to run the Icon Editor.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>In the Command When Action Icon Is Opened text field, type the command
|
||||
to start the application.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Create Action</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>action command syntax</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>Use the syntax <Filename>$</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> for a file argument; for example:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>emacs
|
||||
bitmap $1
|
||||
diff $1 $2
|
||||
lp -oraw $1
|
||||
</Programlisting>
|
||||
<Para>If the command line includes a file argument
|
||||
(<Filename>$</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>), then the
|
||||
action icon will be a drop zone for files.<IndexTerm><Primary>Create Action</Primary><Secondary>specifying file argument</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>file argument</Primary><Secondary>specified with Create Action</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The command lines are not passed to a shell unless you explicitly specify
|
||||
the use of a shell. For example, these lines use shell processing:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>/bin/sh -c 'ps | lp'
|
||||
/bin/sh -c 'spell $1 | more'
|
||||
</Programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Type the On Item help text for the action icon into the Help Text For Action
|
||||
Icon text field.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>help</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>specified using Create Action</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>The text will automatically wrap in the text field. However, these line breaks
|
||||
are not preserved online. If you want to specify a hard line break, use <filename></Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>actions</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>window support</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>window support for actions</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>Choose the windowing support required by the action from the Window
|
||||
Type option menu.</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="165*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="363*">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Graphical (X-Window)</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The application creates its own window</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Terminal (Auto-Close)<IndexTerm><Primary>terminal emulator</Primary><Secondary>action auto-close option</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The application will run in a terminal emulator
|
||||
window that closes automatically when the
|
||||
user exits the application</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Terminal (Manual Close)<IndexTerm><Primary>terminal emulator</Primary><Secondary>action manual-close option</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The application will run in a terminal emulator
|
||||
window that remains open until the user
|
||||
explicitly closes it</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>No Output<IndexTerm><Primary>actions</Primary><Secondary>no display output</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The application does not produce output to the
|
||||
display</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Proceed as follows:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>If your application has data files, and you want to create one or more data
|
||||
types for them, see the next section,
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;To Create One or More Data Types
|
||||
for an Application'--><XRef Role="SectionTitle" Linkend="SAG.dtCrA.div.8">.''</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>If you do not need to create a data type, save the action by choosing Save
|
||||
from the File menu. Then, test the new action by double-clicking its icon
|
||||
in your home directory.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.dtCrA.div.8" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.dtCrA.mkr.6">To Create One or More Data Types for an Application<IndexTerm><Primary>Create Action</Primary><Secondary>data type creation</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>data types</Primary><Secondary>created with Create Action</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Define the action for the application using the procedure in the previous
|
||||
section,
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;To Create an Action for an Application'--><XRef Role="SectionTitle" Linkend="SAG.dtCrA.mkr.5">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Click the Advanced button in the Create Action window to expand the
|
||||
window.</Para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title>Advanced features in the main Create Action window</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.dtCrA.fig.3" Id="SAG.dtCrA.grph.3"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>file prompt, specified with Create Action</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Create Action</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>file prompt</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>If you want the application icon to prompt for a file argument when the icon
|
||||
is double-clicked, type the text of the prompt into the ``When Action Opens,
|
||||
Ask Users for'' text field.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Use these guidelines for this text field:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>You must use this field if the application's command line has a <Symbol Role="Variable">required</Symbol> file
|
||||
argument.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>You must leave this field blank if the command line does not include a file
|
||||
argument.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>If the file argument in the application's command line is optional, you
|
||||
have a choice. If you supply the prompt text, the action icon will prompt
|
||||
for the file when double-clicked. If you do not supply the prompt text, the
|
||||
action will be executed with a null string as the file argument.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Specify the types of files that the action will accept as arguments:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>If the action can accept any data type, select All Data Types.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>If the action can accept only the data type(s) you create for the application,
|
||||
select Only Above List.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>Initially, the<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Data Types list in Create Action</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
Datatypes That Use This Action list is empty. As you create
|
||||
data types for the application, they are added to the list.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Click Add beside the Datatypes That Use This Action list box to display the
|
||||
Add Data Type dialog box.</Para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title>Create Action's Add Datatype dialog box</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.dtCrA.fig.4" Id="SAG.dtCrA.grph.4"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Optional: If you don't want to use the default data type name, type a new
|
||||
name for the data type into the<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Name of Data Type text field</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Create Action</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>data type name</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
Name of Datatype Family text field.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The name cannot include spaces. The data type name is not visible to
|
||||
application users; it is used in the actions/data types database to identify
|
||||
the data type definition.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Click the Edit button beside the<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Identifying Characteristics</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>dialog box</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
Identifying Characteristics box to display
|
||||
the Identifying Characteristics dialog box.</Para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title>Create Action's Identifying Characteristics dialog box</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.dtCrA.fig.5" Id="SAG.dtCrA.grph.5"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
<Para>Characteristics of a data type are the criteria used to differentiate the data
|
||||
type from others. You can choose one or more of the following criteria:</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="137*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="391*">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Files or Folder</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The data type applies only to files or only to folders</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Name Pattern<IndexTerm><Primary>data types</Primary><Secondary>name-based</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>name-based data types</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Data typing based on the file name</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Permission Pattern<IndexTerm><Primary>permission pattern, specified with Create Action</Primary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>data types</Primary><Secondary>permission pattern</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Read, write, execute permissions</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Contents<IndexTerm><Primary>data types</Primary><Secondary>content-based</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>content-based data type</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Contents of a specified portion of the file</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<para>Select whether the data type represents a file or folder.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title>Specifying a file or directory characteristic for a data type.</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.dtCrA.fig.6" Id="SAG.dtCrA.grph.6"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>If the data typing depends on the name, select the Name Pattern check box
|
||||
and fill in the text field.</Para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title>Specifying the file name characteristic for a data type</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.dtCrA.fig.7" Id="SAG.dtCrA.grph.7"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
<Para>You can use * and ? as wildcards:</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="35*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="493*">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>*</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Matches any sequence of characters</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>?</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Matches any single character</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<para>If the data typing depends on the permissions, select the
|
||||
Permission Pattern check box and select the permissions for the data type.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title>Specifying the permission characteristics for a data type</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.dtCrA.fig.8" Id="SAG.dtCrA.grph.8"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="47*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="481*">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>On</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The file must have the specified permission</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Off</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The file must lack the specified permission</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Either</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The specified permission does not matter</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<para>If the data typing depends on the contents, select the Contents
|
||||
check box and supply the requested information—Pattern to search for and
|
||||
Type of contents. Optionally, you can supply the byte location where the
|
||||
search should start.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title>Specifying the contents characteristics for a data type</Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.dtCrA.fig.9" Id="SAG.dtCrA.grph.9"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>Use of content-based data typing may affect the performance of the
|
||||
system.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Click OK to close the Identifying Characteristics dialog box.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The characteristics will be displayed in the Identifying Characteristics field
|
||||
using this coding:<IndexTerm><Primary>Identifying Characteristics</Primary><Secondary>field</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="35*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="493*">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>d</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>A directory</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>r</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The file has read permission</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>w</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The file has write permission</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>x</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The file has execute permission</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>!</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Logical operator NOT</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>&</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Logical operator AND</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Type the help text for the data files into the Help Text text field.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Use the Datatype Icons controls to specify the icon for the application.
|
||||
Initially, the default icon is shown.</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>To choose a different, existing icon, click Find Set to display the Find Set
|
||||
dialog box. See
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Using the Find Set Dialog Box To Specify an Icon&xd3; on
|
||||
page 152'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.dtCrA.div.9">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>To create new icons, click Edit Icon to run the Icon Editor.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Verify the command in the Command to Open this Datatype text field. This
|
||||
is the command that will be executed when the user double-clicks a data
|
||||
file.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Optional: If the application supplies a print command for printing data files
|
||||
from the command line, type the command into the Command to Print this
|
||||
Datatype text field, using the syntax <Filename>$</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> for a file argument.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Do one of the following to save the data type definition:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Click OK to save the data type and close the Add Datatype dialog box.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Click Apply to save the data type without closing the Add Datatype dialog
|
||||
box. This let you immediately proceed to define another data type for the
|
||||
action.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.dtCrA.div.9">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.dtCrA.mkr.7">Using the Find Set Dialog Box To Specify an Icon<IndexTerm><Primary>Create Action</Primary><Secondary>specifying icons</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>Find Set dialog box</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>Find Set dialog box</Primary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The Find Set dialog box is displayed when you click Find Set in the Create
|
||||
Action main window or in the Add Datatype window. Use the dialog box to
|
||||
specify the icon that will be used for the action or data type.</Para>
|
||||
<Figure>
|
||||
<Title>Find Set dialog box<IndexTerm><Primary>data types</Primary><Secondary>icons for</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>data types</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>actions</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>actions</Primary><Secondary>icons for</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Graphic Entityref="SAG.dtCrA.fig.10" Id="SAG.dtCrA.grph.10"></Graphic>
|
||||
</Figure>
|
||||
<Para>The Find Set dialog box lets you specify a set of icon image files located:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>In a directory on the icon search path. The Icon Folders list includes all the
|
||||
directories on the icon search path.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>In a registration package that will be integrated with the desktop using
|
||||
<Command>dtappintegrate</Command>. These icons are not yet located in a directory on the icon
|
||||
search path, but will be placed there by <Command>dtappintegrate</Command>.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>The action and data type definitions created using Create Action write
|
||||
out the base name for the icon files (the file name minus the file-name suffixes
|
||||
for size and type). Icons for actions and data types created with Create Action
|
||||
must eventually be placed in directories on the icon search path.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
<Sect3 Id="SAG.dtCrA.div.10" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Specify a Set of Icons Located on the Icon Search Path</Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>In the Find Set dialog box's Icon Folders list, double-click the folder path
|
||||
containing the icon.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The Icon Files list will show all the icon files in that folder.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>In the Icon Files list, click the icon you want to use.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>This places the base name of the icon file in the Enter Icon File name text
|
||||
field.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Click OK.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect3>
|
||||
<Sect3 Id="SAG.dtCrA.div.11" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Specify an Icon in a Registration Package</Title>
|
||||
<Para>If you are a system administrator or programmer creating a registration
|
||||
package, the icon image files are initially located in a directory in the
|
||||
registration package:</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing><Symbol Role="Variable">app_root</Symbol>/dt/appconfig/icons/<Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>After registration with <Command>dtappintegrate</Command>, the icon files will be copied to
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/icons/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol>, which is on the icon search path.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Use this procedure to specify icons that are part of a registration package:</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>In the Find Set dialog box's Enter Icon Filename text field, type the base
|
||||
name of the icon file.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Click OK.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Create Action displays a dialog box to inform you that the icons were not
|
||||
found in directories on the icon search path.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>In the information dialog box that appears, choose No Change.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect3>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
</Chapter>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.14 mif-to-docbook 1.7 01/02/96 06:16:56-->
|
||||
1739
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch10.sgm
Normal file
1739
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch10.sgm
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1030
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch11.sgm
Normal file
1030
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch11.sgm
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
532
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch12.sgm
Normal file
532
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch12.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,532 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: ch12.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 19:34:03 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<Chapter Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.1">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CrIcn.mkr.1">Creating Icons for the Desktop</Title>
|
||||
<Para Id="SAG.CrIcn.mkr.2">Desktop icons are associated with:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Action files and data types in File Manager and Application Manager</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Front Panel controls</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Minimized application windows</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Graphics used by applications such as palettes and toolbars</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Workspace backdrop</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable Id="SAG.CrIcn.itbl.1" Frame="All">
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="1">
|
||||
<ColSpec Colname="1" Colwidth="4.0 in">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Icon Image Files201'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.CrIcn.div.2"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Icon Associations204'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.CrIcn.div.8"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Icon Design Recommendations207'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.CrIcn.div.17"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>The development environment documentation contains additional
|
||||
information about desktop icons. See Chapter 4, “Visual Design,” in the <Emphasis>Style
|
||||
Guide and Certification Checklist</Emphasis>.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.2">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CrIcn.mkr.3">Icon Image Files</Title>
|
||||
<Para>For the desktop to use an icon image, the icon image file must:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Be in the proper format.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Use the proper file-naming conventions.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Use the desktop size conventions.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Be located in a directory along the icon search path.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Be called by the desktop construct using the proper syntax. For example, if
|
||||
you create a new control for the Front Panel, use the <Command>ICON</Command> field in the Front
|
||||
Panel definition to specify the icon image to use for the control.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.3">
|
||||
<Title>Icon File Formats<IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>search path, See icon search path<$nopage></Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>servers, See icon servers<nopage></Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>file formats</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>bitmaps</Primary><Secondary>See also icons</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>For a color display, use X pixmap (XPM) format icon files, which typically have
|
||||
a<Filename>.pm</Filename> suffix. Otherwise, use X bitmap (XBM) format files, which typically have
|
||||
a <Filename>.bm</Filename> suffix. If transparency is used in the pixmap file, a mask file (<Filename>_m.bm</Filename>) is
|
||||
generated when the <Filename>.bm</Filename> file is created. See
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Icon Search Path&xd3; on page 122'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.Datab.mkr.13"> for
|
||||
more information about how the desktop finds these files.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.4">
|
||||
<Title>Icon File Names<IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>file names</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>file names, icon</Primary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Each icon and backdrop image is stored as a separate file. Typically, an icon is
|
||||
specified with the base part of its file name. For example, an icon might be
|
||||
referenced with the name <ComputerOutput>mail</ComputerOutput> when the file is actually stored as:<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>icons</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>how files are found</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>icons</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>naming conventions</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>.pm filename extension[pm filename]</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>.bm filename extension[bm filename]</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>bitmaps</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>how files are found</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>pixmaps</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>how files are found</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>2</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>images, See icons<$nopage></Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing>/usr/dt/appconfig/icons/<Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol>/mail.l.pm</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>The file-naming convention of adding suffixes helps group icons by size and
|
||||
type. Icon names for desktop components are in these general formats:</Para>
|
||||
<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">basename</Symbol><Filename>.</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">size</Symbol><Filename>.</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol></Para>
|
||||
<Para>Or</Para>
|
||||
<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">basename</Symbol><Filename>.</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol></Para>
|
||||
<Para>where:</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="78*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="450*">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">basename</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The image base name used to reference the image</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">size</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>A letter indicating the size:
|
||||
<Command>l</Command> (large),
|
||||
<Command>m</Command> (medium),
|
||||
<Command>s</Command> (small),
|
||||
<Command>t</Command> (tiny)
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>File format:
|
||||
<Command>pm</Command> (pixmap),
|
||||
<Command>bm</Command> (bitmap)
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.5">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CrIcn.mkr.4">Icon Size Conventions<IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>size conventions</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>sizes of icons</Primary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>bitmaps</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>naming conventions</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>pixmaps</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>naming conventions</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><!--Original XRef content: 'Table 12‐1'--><XRef Role="CodeOrFigureOrTable" Linkend="SAG.CrIcn.tbl.1"> shows the recommended pixel dimensions for desktop icons</Para>
|
||||
<Table Id="SAG.CrIcn.tbl.1" Frame="Topbot">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CrIcn.mkr.5">Icon Sizes and File Names</Title>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="3">
|
||||
<ColSpec Colname="1" Colwidth="1.25 in">
|
||||
<ColSpec Colname="2" Colwidth="1.25 in">
|
||||
<ColSpec Colname="3" Colwidth="1.375 in">
|
||||
<THead>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Literal>Icon Size</Literal></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Literal>Bitmap Name</Literal></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Literal>Pixmap Name</Literal></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</THead>
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>16 by 16 (tiny)</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol><Filename>.t.bm</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol><Filename>.t.pm</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>24 by 24 (small)</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol><Filename>.s.bm</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol><Filename>.s.pm</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>32 by 32 (medium)</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol><Filename>.m.bm</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol><Filename>.m.pm</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>48 by 48 (large)</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol><Filename>.l.bm</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol><Filename>.l.pm</Filename></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</Table>
|
||||
<Para Id="SAG.CrIcn.mkr.6">.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Table 12‐2'--><XRef Role="CodeOrFigureOrTable" Linkend="SAG.CrIcn.tbl.2"> shows the icon sizes used by the desktop components. In some
|
||||
cases, the size of the icon used depends on the display resolution.</Para>
|
||||
<Table Id="SAG.CrIcn.tbl.2" Frame="Topbot">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CrIcn.mkr.7">Desktop Components and Their Icon Sizes</Title>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="4" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="2.38in">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="1.17in">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="1.23in">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="1.31in">
|
||||
<THead>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Literal>Desktop Component</Literal></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Literal>High
|
||||
Resolution</Literal></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Literal>Medium
|
||||
Resolution</Literal></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Literal>Low
|
||||
Resolution</Literal></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</THead>
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>File Manager and Application Manager
|
||||
(View by Name and Icon)</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>medium</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>medium</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>medium</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>File Manager and Application Manager
|
||||
(View by Name and Small Icon)</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>tiny</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>tiny</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>tiny</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Main Front Panel controls</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>large</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>large</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>medium</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Front Panel subpanels</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>medium</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>medium</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>tiny</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Front Panel switch controls</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>small</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>small</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>tiny</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Minimized windows</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>large</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>large</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>medium</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</Table>
|
||||
<Para>For example, if you specify an icon named <ComputerOutput>mail</ComputerOutput> for a data type, have a color
|
||||
display, and have set the File Manager preferences to small icons, the icon
|
||||
image used is <Filename>mail.t.pm</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.6">
|
||||
<Title>Icon Search Path<IndexTerm><Primary>bitmaps</Primary><Secondary>search path</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>bitmaps</Primary><Secondary>how files are found</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>pixmaps</Primary><Secondary>search path</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>pixmaps</Primary><Secondary>how files are found</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>search paths</Primary><Secondary>icons</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The desktop finds an icon file, or image, by searching for the file in a list of
|
||||
directories. This list of directories, called the <Symbol Role="Variable">icon s</Symbol><Emphasis>earch path</Emphasis>, is determined by
|
||||
the value of several environment variables. Which variables are used and how
|
||||
they are put together to create the icon search path are discussed in
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Icon
|
||||
Search Path&xd3; on page 122'--><XRef Role="HeadingAndPage" Linkend="SAG.Datab.mkr.13">.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The default search path is:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Built-in icons: <Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/icons/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System-wide icons: <Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/icons/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Personal icons: <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/icons</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.7">
|
||||
<Title>Accessing Icons across the Network</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The desktop can access icons on remote systems. For information on creating
|
||||
an icon server, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Configuring Database, Icon, and Help Services&xd3; on
|
||||
page 101'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.ClSrv.mkr.16">.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.8">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CrIcn.mkr.8">Icon Associations</Title>
|
||||
<Para>To enable quicker object recognition, you can associate icons with:<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>icons</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>making associations</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Actions and data types</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Controls in the Front Panel and subpanels</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Minimized application windows</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.9">
|
||||
<Title>Specifying Icon Files</Title>
|
||||
<Para>For icons used for actions, data types, and in the Front Panel or subpanels,
|
||||
specify only the base name of the icon (no suffixes). The correct suffixes are
|
||||
added automatically based on your display resolution, color support, and File
|
||||
Manager view options (such as By Small Icons).</Para>
|
||||
<Para>To override the search path, provide the complete path and name of the icon.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.10" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Associate an Icon with an Action or Data Type</Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Specify the icon using the <Command>ICON</Command> field.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>If you follow the appropriate naming conventions for icon files, specify only
|
||||
the base name of the icon. The correct icon will be displayed based on the
|
||||
resolution and color support of your display.<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>icons</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>associating with action or data type</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>actions</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>associating icon with</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>data types</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>associating icon with</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Create the following icon sizes:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Actions: large, medium, and tiny</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Data types: medium and tiny</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Sect3 Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.11">
|
||||
<Title>Example of an Action Definition</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The following example is an action definition for starting the Island Paint<Superscript>TM</Superscript>
|
||||
drawing tool. The icons <Filename>Ipaint.l</Filename> and <Filename>Ipaint.s</Filename> are associated with the
|
||||
action.</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>ACTION IslandPaintOpenDoc
|
||||
{
|
||||
WINDOW_TYPE NO-STDIO
|
||||
ICON Ipaint
|
||||
EXEC_STRING /usr/bin/IslandPaint %Arg_1“File to open:”%
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>If you are using color icons, the desktop first appends<Filename>.pm</Filename> when looking for the
|
||||
actual icon files. Otherwise (or if no match is found with<Filename>.pm</Filename>), the desktop
|
||||
appends<Filename>.bm</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<Sect4 Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.12">
|
||||
<Title>Example of Data Type Definition</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The following data type definition associates the icons <Filename>comprsd.l</Filename> and
|
||||
<Filename>comprsd.s</Filename> with compressed files:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>DATA_ATTRIBUTES COMPRESSED
|
||||
{
|
||||
ICON comprsd
|
||||
ACTIONS Uncompress
|
||||
DESCRIPTION A COMPRESSED file has been compressed by the \
|
||||
'compress' command to take up less space.
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</Sect4>
|
||||
</Sect3>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.13" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Display an Icon in a Front Panel Control</Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Specify the image name using the <Command>ICON</Command> field.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>If the control monitors a file (<Filename>MONITOR_TYPE</Filename> is set to mail or file), use the
|
||||
<Command>ALTERNATE_ICON</Command> field to specify the icons used when the change is
|
||||
detected.<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>2</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>icons</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>Front Panel</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Front Panel</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>displaying icon in</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>You can also provide animation for buttons and drop zone controls.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Create the following icon sizes:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Main Panel and subpanels: large, medium, and tiny</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Workspace switch: small</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Sect3 Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.14">
|
||||
<Title>Example</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The following control changes appearance when a file named <Command>report</Command> is placed
|
||||
in the <Filename>/doc/ftp/pub/</Filename> directory. When the file is not there, the <Filename>NoReport.pm</Filename>
|
||||
icon is displayed; when the file is there, <Filename>Report.pm</Filename> is displayed.</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>CONTROL MonitorReport
|
||||
{
|
||||
CONTAINER_NAME <Symbol Role="Variable">container_name</Symbol>
|
||||
TYPE ICON
|
||||
MONITOR_TYPE file
|
||||
FILE_NAME /doc/ftp/pub/report
|
||||
ICON NoReport
|
||||
ALTERNATE_ICON Report
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</Sect3>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.15" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Associate an Icon with an Application Window</Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Set the <ComputerOutput>iconImage</ComputerOutput> resource for Workspace Manager as follows:<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>icons</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>associating with application window</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>application window, associating icon with</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para><Filename>Dtwm*</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">clientname</Symbol><Command>*iconImage:</Command> <Symbol Role="Variable">icon_file_name</Symbol></Para>
|
||||
<Para>To determine the correct value for <Symbol Role="Variable">clientname</Symbol>, open Application Manager
|
||||
and double-click Window Properties in the Desktop_Tools application
|
||||
group. When you select a window, its properties are listed. The<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>WM_CLASS property</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
WM_CLASS
|
||||
property displays the window's class name in quotes.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For more information about setting resources, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Setting Application
|
||||
Resources&xd3; on page 256'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.FACol.div.2">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Choose Restart Workspace Manager from the Workspace menu.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Para>To verify that the icon has been recognized by Workspace Manager, minimize
|
||||
the window whose icon you are trying to modify.</Para>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>Some applications do not allow their default window icon to be
|
||||
overridden.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.16" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Use File Manager as an Icon Browser<IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>browsing with File Manager</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>using File Manager as icon browser</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>File Manager, using as icon browser</Primary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>browsing icons using File Manager</Primary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Copy the file <Filename>/usr/dt/examples/types/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/IconBrowse.dt</Filename> to the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/types/Iconbrowse.dt</Filename> directory.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open Application Manager and double-click Reload Actions in the
|
||||
Desktop_Tools application group.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Para>When you change to a directory that contains icons (<Filename>.bm</Filename> and<Filename>.pm</Filename> files), each
|
||||
icon is displayed next to its name. For example, if you change to the
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/icons/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol> directory, you will see many of the
|
||||
desktop icons.</Para>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>Enabling icon browsing on low-memory systems may cause File
|
||||
Manager to display directories more slowly.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>Images larger than 256 x 256 are not displayed in the default configuration.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
<Para>To disable icon browsing:</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Remove your personal copy of the <Filename>IconBrowse.dt</Filename> file.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open Application Manager and double-click Reload Actions in the
|
||||
Desktop_Tools application group.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.17">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.CrIcn.mkr.9">Icon Design Recommendations<IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>design recommendations</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Use a common theme among related icons. For example, if you are designing
|
||||
icons for an application, have purposeful similarities between the application's
|
||||
icon and icons for data files.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Be sure the two-color version of any color icon you design is acceptable. If the
|
||||
icon is displayed on a monochrome or grayscale display (or if there are not
|
||||
enough colors available), the icon is automatically displayed in its two-color
|
||||
form.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>To conserve system color usage, try to limit icon color use to those provided by
|
||||
the desktop.(Icons created using Icon Editor will be use only desktop colors.)</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For the sizes used by the desktop components, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: 'Table 12‐1, &xd2;Icon Sizes and
|
||||
File Names,&xd3; on page 203'--><XRef Role="TableAndPage" Linkend="SAG.CrIcn.mkr.5">.</Para>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.CrIcn.div.18">
|
||||
<Title>Color Usage</Title>
|
||||
<Para>Desktop icons use a palette of 22 colors including:<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>color</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>usage in icons</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>icons</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>color usage</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Eight static grays</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Eight static colors: red, blue, green, cyan, magenta, yellow, black, and white</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Six dynamic colors: foreground, background, top shadow, bottom shadow,
|
||||
select, and transparent</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>This palette creates attractive, easy-to-read icons without overtaking color
|
||||
resources needed by other applications. Most icons provided with the desktop
|
||||
use grays accented with color.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The transparent color is useful for creating icons that have the illusion of being
|
||||
nonrectangular because the color behind the icon shows through.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
</Chapter>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.14 mif-to-docbook 1.7 01/02/96 06:16:56-->
|
||||
1760
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch13.sgm
Normal file
1760
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch13.sgm
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
859
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch14.sgm
Normal file
859
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch14.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,859 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: ch14.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 19:34:23 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<Chapter Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.1">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.1">Customizing the Workspace Manager</Title>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>dtwm, See Workspace Manager<$nopage></Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary><$nopage>Window Manager</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>See also Workspace Manager</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Motif Window Manager, See Workspace Manager<$nopage></Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>This chapter describes how to customize the desktop Workspace Manager.</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable Id="SAG.WMCnf.itbl.1" Frame="All">
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="1">
|
||||
<ColSpec Colname="1" Colwidth="4.0 in">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Workspace Manager Configuration Files242'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.WMCnf.div.3"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Customizing Workspaces244'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.WMCnf.div.8"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Workspace Manager Menus246'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.WMCnf.div.13"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Customizing Button Bindings249'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.WMCnf.div.18"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Customizing Key Bindings252'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.WMCnf.div.22"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Switching Between Default and Custom Behavior254'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.WMCnf.div.26"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Workspace Manager</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>definition</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>The Workspace Manager is the window manager provided by the desktop.
|
||||
Like other window managers, it controls:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The appearance of window frame components</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The behavior of windows, including their stacking order and focus behavior</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Key bindings and button bindings</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The appearance of minimized windows</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Workspace and Window menus</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>In addition, the Workspace Manager controls these desktop components:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Emphasis>Workspaces</Emphasis>. The Workspace Manager controls the number of workspaces,
|
||||
and keeps track of which windows are open in each workspace.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Emphasis>Workspace backdrops</Emphasis>. The user changes backdrops using Style Manager.
|
||||
However, backdrop management is a function of the Workspace Manager.<IndexTerm><Primary>backdrops</Primary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>workspaces</Primary><Secondary>backdrops, See backdrops</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Emphasis><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Front Panel</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>managed by Workspace Manager</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Workspace Manager</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>managing Front Panel</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>The Front Panel</Emphasis>. Although the Front Panel uses its own configuration files, it
|
||||
is created and managed by the Workspace Manager.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>Many of these can be changed with Style Manager. Style Manager is able to
|
||||
make often-used changes quickly, with little effort on your part. Other
|
||||
resources must be set manually.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The Workspace Manager is <Command>dtwm</Command>. It is based on the Motif Window
|
||||
Manager.</Para>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.2">
|
||||
<Title>See Also</Title>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>For reference information about the Workspace Manager, see the <Filename>dtwm</Filename>(1)
|
||||
and <Filename>dtwmrc(4)</Filename> man pages.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>For information about setting Workspace Manager resources, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Setting
|
||||
Application Resources&xd3; on page 256'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.FACol.div.2">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>For information on Front Panel configuration files, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 13,
|
||||
&xd2;Advanced Front Panel Customization'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitle" Linkend="SAG.FrPC.mkr.1">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>For additional information about setting resources, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Setting Application
|
||||
Resources&xd3; on page 256'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.FACol.div.2">.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.3">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.2">Workspace Manager Configuration Files<IndexTerm><Primary>Workspace Manager</Primary><Secondary>configuration files</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>configuration files</Primary><Secondary>Workspace Manager</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>configuration files</Primary><Secondary>Window Manager</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The Workspace Manager gets information about the window menus,
|
||||
workspace menus, button bindings, and key bindings from a configuration file.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>It uses one of the following files:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Personal file: <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/<IndexTerm><Primary>dtwmrc file</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
dtwmrc</Filename>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System custom file: <Filename>/etc/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>sys.dtwmrc file</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
sys.dtwmrc</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Built-in file: <Command>/usr/dt/config/</Command><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.dtwmrc</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>The Workspace Manager searches for a configuration file in the order shown
|
||||
above, and uses the first one it finds.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For users who use more than one session language, a personal, language-
|
||||
dependent configuration file <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt</Filename>/<Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol>/<Command>dtwrmc</Command> can be
|
||||
created that takes precedence over <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/dtwmrc</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.4" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.3">To Create or Modify a Personal Configuration File<IndexTerm><Primary>Workspace Manager</Primary><Secondary>personal customization</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The personal Workspace Manager configuration file is
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/dtwmrc</Filename>. If this file exists, it is the file used.</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Double-click<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>Edit Dtwmrc action</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>dtwmrc file</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>editing</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
Edit Dtwmrc in the Desktop_Tools application group.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>If you already have a personal <Command>dtwmrc</Command> file, it is loaded into the editor. If
|
||||
not, <Filename>sys.dtwmrc</Filename> is copied to <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/dtwmrc</Filename>, which is then
|
||||
loaded into the editor.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Edit the file.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Exit the editor.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The file is saved as your personal <Command>dtwmrc</Command>, regardless of its original source.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.5" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Create a System-Wide Configuration File<IndexTerm><Primary>Workspace Manager</Primary><Secondary>system-wide customization</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The system-wide Workspace Manager configuration file is
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.dtwmrc</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Copy <Filename>/usr/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>sys.dtwmrc file</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
sys.dtwmrc</Filename> to
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.dtwmrc</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>This file is not used if <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/dtwmrc</Filename> exists.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.6" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.4">To Include (Source In) Other Files<IndexTerm><Primary>Workspace Manager</Primary><Secondary>including other files</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Use the syntax:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>include
|
||||
{
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">path
|
||||
path</Symbol>
|
||||
…
|
||||
}
|
||||
<IndexTerm><Primary>include statement, in Workspace Manager files</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Para>For example, the following lines source in the file /<Filename>users/ellen/mymenu</Filename>:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>include
|
||||
{
|
||||
/users/ellen/mymenu
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>Include statements are useful for providing additional functionality without
|
||||
copying the entire configuration file. For example, a user might want to create
|
||||
a new key binding without having to administer the entire configuration file.
|
||||
The user can create a file <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/dtwmrc</Filename> with this content:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>include
|
||||
{
|
||||
/etc/dt/config/C/sys.dtwmrc
|
||||
}
|
||||
Keys DtKeyBindings
|
||||
{
|
||||
Alt<Key>F5 root f.menu Applications
|
||||
}
|
||||
Menu Applications
|
||||
{
|
||||
“GraphicsApp” f.exec “/usr/bin/GraphicsApp/GApp”
|
||||
…
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.7" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Restart the Workspace Manager<IndexTerm><Primary>Workspace Manager</Primary><Secondary>restarting</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The Workspace Manager must be restarted in order for changes made to the
|
||||
configuration file to take effect.</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Choose Restart Workspace Manager from the Workspace menu (press
|
||||
mouse button 3 when the pointer is on the backdrop).</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.8">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.5">Customizing Workspaces<IndexTerm><Primary>workspaces</Primary><Secondary>customizing</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Most workspace customization, such as changing workspace names and the
|
||||
number of workspaces, can be done by the user using the desktop's interface.
|
||||
However, the Workspace Manager provides resources for setting system-wide
|
||||
defaults.</Para>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.9" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.6">To Change the Number of Workspaces on a System-Wide Basis<IndexTerm><Primary>workspaces</Primary><Secondary>number of</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The default desktop configuration provides four workspaces. The user can add
|
||||
and delete workspaces using the pop-up menu associated with the Workspace
|
||||
switch.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The Workspace Manager provides a resource for changing the default number
|
||||
of workspaces.</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Use the <Command>workspaceCount</Command> resource to set the number of workspaces:</Para>
|
||||
<Para Remap="CodeIndent1"><ComputerOutput>Dtwm*workspaceCount: <Symbol Role="Variable">number</Symbol></ComputerOutput><IndexTerm><Primary>workspaceCount resource</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Para>For information about setting Workspace Manager resources, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Setting
|
||||
Application Resources&xd3; on page 256'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.FACol.div.2">.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, the following resource sets the number of workspaces to six:</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing>Dtwm*workspaceCount: 6</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.10" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Provide System-Wide Workspace Names<IndexTerm><Primary>workspaces</Primary><Secondary>names</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Internally, the workspaces are numbered by the numbering convention <Command>ws</Command><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>,
|
||||
where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is 0, 1, 2, and so on. For example, the default four workspaces are
|
||||
numbered internally <Filename>ws0</Filename> through <Filename>ws3</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Use the <Command>title</Command> resource to change the name of a specified workspace:<IndexTerm><Primary>title resource</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Dtwm*ws<Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>: <Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></programlisting>
|
||||
<programlisting>Dtwm*ws<Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>.title: <Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Para>For information about setting Workspace Manager resources, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Setting
|
||||
Application Resources&xd3; on page 256'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.FACol.div.2">.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, the following resources set the default four workspaces to the
|
||||
specified names:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Dtwm*ws0*title: Anna
|
||||
Dtwm*ws1*title: Don
|
||||
Dtwm*ws2*title Julia
|
||||
Dtwm*ws3*title Patti
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.11" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Create Additional Backdrops<IndexTerm><Primary>backdrops</Primary><Secondary>adding</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Create the backdrop images. They can be bitmap or pixmap files.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>backdrops</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>file locations</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>Place the backdrops in one of the following directories. (You may have to
|
||||
create the directory.)</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System-wide backdrops: <Filename>/etc/dt/backdrops</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Personal backdrops: <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/backdrops</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Choose Restart Workspace Manager from the Workspace menu.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Para>The system-wide and personal backdrops are added to the built-in backdrops
|
||||
in <Filename>/usr/dt/backdrops</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>You can replace an existing built-in backdrop by creating a personal or system-
|
||||
wide backdrop with the same name.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.12" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.7">To Replace the Backdrop With a Graphics Image<IndexTerm><Primary>backdrops</Primary><Secondary>using graphics image</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The backdrops are layered over the display's<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>root window</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
root window. The Style Manager
|
||||
Backdrop dialog box provides a<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>NoBackdrop setting</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
NoBackdrop setting in which the backdrop is
|
||||
transparent.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>There is only one root window behind all the workspace backdrops. Thus, a
|
||||
graphics image placed on the root window persists across all workspaces. You
|
||||
can specify which workspaces cover up the root window with a backdrop.
|
||||
However, the image visible when NoBackdrop is in effect will be the same for
|
||||
every workspace.</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Create the graphics image. It must be in a format for which a tool exists to
|
||||
display the image on the root window. For example, if you intend to use
|
||||
<Command>xsetroot</Command>, you must create a bitmap file.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>If it doesn't already exist, create an executable file
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/sessions/sessionetc.</Filename> The <Command>sessionetc</Command> file is run
|
||||
each time the user logs in.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Place the command to display the image in the <Command>sessionetc</Command> file.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, the following command tiles the root window with the
|
||||
specified bitmap:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>xsetroot -bitmap /users/ellen/.dt/icons/root.bm</programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.13">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.8">Workspace Manager Menus<IndexTerm><Primary>menus</Primary><Secondary>Workspace Manager</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>Workspace Manager</Primary><Secondary>menus</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Workspace Manager has three default menus:</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="121*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="407*">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Workspace menu<IndexTerm><Primary>Workspace menu</Primary><Secondary>definition</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Also called the root menu. Displayed when the user
|
||||
presses mouse button 3 when the pointer is on the
|
||||
backdrop. The menu is associated with the mouse
|
||||
button through a button binding.</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Window menu<IndexTerm><Primary>Window menu</Primary><Secondary>definition</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The menu displayed when the user presses mouse
|
||||
buttons 1 or 3 when the pointer is on the Window
|
||||
menu button (upper left corner of the window frame).
|
||||
The menu is associated with the button by the
|
||||
<Command>windowMenu</Command> resource.<IndexTerm><Primary>windowMenu resource</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Front Panel menu<IndexTerm><Primary>Front Panel</Primary><Secondary>menu</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The menu displayed when the user presses mouse
|
||||
buttons 1 or 3 when the pointer is over the Front
|
||||
Panel's Window menu button.</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.14">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.9">Workspace Manager Menu Syntax<IndexTerm><Primary>Window menu</Primary><Secondary>syntax</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>Workspace menu</Primary><Secondary>syntax</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Workspace Manager menus have the syntax:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Menu <Symbol Role="Variable">MenuName</Symbol>
|
||||
{
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">selection1</Symbol> <Command>[</Command><Symbol Role="Variable">mnemonic</Symbol><Command>] [</Command><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator</Symbol><Filename>]</Filename> <Symbol Role="Variable">function</Symbol> <Filename>[</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">argument</Symbol><Filename>]</Filename>
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">selection2</Symbol> <Command>[</Command><Symbol Role="Variable">mnemonic</Symbol><Command>] [</Command><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator</Symbol><Filename>]</Filename> <Symbol Role="Variable">function</Symbol> <Filename>[</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">argument</Symbol><Filename>]</Filename>
|
||||
…
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>where:</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="67*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="461*">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The text or bitmap that appears on the menu. If the text
|
||||
includes spaces, enclose the text in quotation marks. For
|
||||
bitmaps, use the syntax @/<Symbol Role="Variable">path</Symbol>.
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">mnemonic</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>A single character that acts as a keyboard shortcut when the
|
||||
menu is displayed. It is specified in the form <Filename>_</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">character</Symbol>.</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>A keyboard shortcut that is active whether or not the menu is
|
||||
displayed. Accelerators have the syntax
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">modifier</Symbol><ComputerOutput><Key></ComputerOutput> <Symbol Role="Variable">Keyname</Symbol> where modifier is
|
||||
<Command>Ctrl</Command>, <Command>Shift</Command>, <Command>Alt</Command>
|
||||
(Extend char), or <Command>Lock</Command>. For a list of all possible key names,
|
||||
refer to the <Command>keysymdef.h</Command> file in your “X11 include” directory.</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">function</Symbol><IndexTerm><Primary>Workspace Manager</Primary><Secondary>functions</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The function to be performed when this selection is made.
|
||||
Refer to the <Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">dtwmrc(4)</Filename> man page for a list of functions.</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">argument</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Function arguments. Refer to the <Filename>dtwmrc(4)</Filename> man page for
|
||||
more details.</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
<Para>For example, the following menu item labeled Restore normalizes the window.
|
||||
When the menu is displayed, typing “R” will also restore the window. Pressing
|
||||
Extend char F5 will also restore the window.</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Restore _R Alt<Key> F5 f.normalize
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>For complete information on Workspace Manager menu syntax, see the
|
||||
<Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">dtwmrc(4)</Filename> man page.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.15" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Modify the Existing Workspace (Root) Menu<IndexTerm><Primary>Workspace menu</Primary><Secondary>modifiying</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>$nopage>root menu, See Workspace menu</Primary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open the appropriate file for editing:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Personal: <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/dtwmrc</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System-wide: <Filename>/etc/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.dtwmrc</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>For information on creating these files, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Workspace Manager
|
||||
Configuration Files&xd3; on page 242'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.2">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Edit the description of the Workspace menu.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The default Workspace menu is named<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>DtRootMenu</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
DtRootMenu.</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Menu DtRootMenu
|
||||
{
|
||||
“Workspace Menu” f.title
|
||||
“Shuffle Up” f.circle_up
|
||||
“Shuffle Down” f.circle_down
|
||||
…
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.16" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.10">To Create a New Workspace (Root) Menu<IndexTerm><Primary>Workspace menu</Primary><Secondary>creating</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open the appropriate file for editing:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Personal: <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/dtwmrc</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System-wide: <Filename>/etc/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.dtwmrc</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>For information on creating these files, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Workspace Manager
|
||||
Configuration Files&xd3; on page 242'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.2">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Create the new menu:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Menu <Symbol Role="Variable">menu_name</Symbol>
|
||||
{
|
||||
…
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<Para>See
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Workspace Manager Menu Syntax&xd3; on page 247'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.9">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Create or edit the button binding to display the new menu.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>If the menu replaces the existing menu, edit the button binding that displays
|
||||
the Workspace menu.</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting><Btn3Down> root f.menu <Symbol Role="Variable">menu_name</Symbol>
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>If the menu is an additional menu, create a new mouse button binding. For
|
||||
example, the following button binding displays the menu when Shift-mouse
|
||||
button 3 is pressed over the backdrop:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Shift<Btn3Down> root f.menu <Symbol Role="Variable">menu_name</Symbol>
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Choose Restart Workspace Manager from the Workspace menu.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.17" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.11">To Create a New Window Menu<IndexTerm><Primary>Window menu</Primary><Secondary>new</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>The Window menu is built into the Workspace Manager, and ordinarily
|
||||
is not customized. To keep window behavior consistent between applications,
|
||||
you should avoid extensive modification to the Window menu.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open the appropriate file for editing:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Personal: <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/dtwmrc</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System-wide: <Filename>/etc/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.dtwmrc</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>For information on creating these files, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Workspace Manager
|
||||
Configuration Files&xd3; on page 242'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.2">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Create the new menu:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Menu <Symbol Role="Variable">menu_name</Symbol>
|
||||
{
|
||||
…
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Use the <Command>windowMenu</Command> resource to specify the new menu:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Dtwm*windowMenu: <Symbol Role="Variable">menu_name</Symbol></programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Choose Restart Workspace Manager from the Workspace menu.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.18">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.12">Customizing Button Bindings<IndexTerm><Primary>Workspace Manager</Primary><Secondary>button bindings</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>button binding</Primary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>mouse binding, See button binding</Primary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>A <Emphasis>button binding</Emphasis> associates a mouse button operation and possible keyboard
|
||||
modifier key with a window manager function. Button bindings apply to all
|
||||
workspaces.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The desktop default button bindings are defined in the Workspace Manager
|
||||
configuration file in a button binding set named <Command><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>DtButtonBindings</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>DtButtonBindings</Command>:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Buttons DtButtonBindings
|
||||
{
|
||||
…
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.19">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.13">Button Binding Syntax<IndexTerm><Primary>button binding</Primary><Secondary>syntax</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The syntax for button bindings is:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Buttons <Symbol Role="Variable">ButtonBindingSetName</Symbol>
|
||||
{
|
||||
<Filename>[</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">modifier</Symbol><Filename>]<</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">button_nameMouse_action</Symbol><Filename>></Filename> <Symbol Role="Variable">context function</Symbol> <Symbol Role="Variable">[argument</Symbol><Filename>]</Filename>
|
||||
<Filename>[</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">modifier</Symbol><Filename>]<</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">button_nameMouse_action</Symbol><Filename>></Filename> <Symbol Role="Variable">context function</Symbol> <Symbol Role="Variable">[argument</Symbol><Filename>]</Filename>
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>where:</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="110*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="418*">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">button_name</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>Btn1—</Filename>Left mouse button
|
||||
<?Pub _newline><Filename>Btn2—</Filename>Middle button (3-button mouse) or both buttons (2-button
|
||||
mouse)
|
||||
<?Pub _newline><Filename>Btn3—</Filename>Right button
|
||||
<?Pub _newline><Filename>Btn4—</Filename>Buttons 1 and 2 together on a 3-button mouse
|
||||
<?Pub _newline><Filename>Btn5—</Filename>Buttons 2 and 3 together on a 3-button mouse</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">modifier</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>Ctrl,</Filename> <Filename>Shift,</Filename> <Filename>Alt,</Filename> <Command>Lock</Command></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">mouse_action</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Command>Down</Command>—Holding down a mouse button
|
||||
<?Pub _newline><Command>Up</Command>—Releasing a mouse button
|
||||
<?Pub _newline><Command>Click</Command>—Pressing and releasing a mouse button
|
||||
<?Pub _newline><Filename>Click2</Filename>—Double-clicking a mouse button
|
||||
<?Pub _newline><Command>Drag</Command>—Dragging the mouse while holding down the mouse button</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Indicates where the pointer must be for the binding to be effective.
|
||||
If necessary, separate multiple contents with the “<Filename>|</Filename>” character.
|
||||
<?Pub _newline><Command>root</Command>—The workspace window
|
||||
<?Pub _newline><Command>window</Command>—Client window or window frame
|
||||
<?Pub _newline><Filename>frame—</Filename>Window frame, excluding the contents
|
||||
<?Pub _newline><Filename>icon—</Filename>Icon
|
||||
<?Pub _newline><Filename>title—</Filename>Title bar
|
||||
<?Pub _newline><Filename>app—</Filename>Client window (excluding the frame)</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">function</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>One of the window manager functions. Refer to the <Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">dtwmrc(4)</Filename>
|
||||
man page for a list of valid functions.</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">argument</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Any window manager function arguments that are required. Refer
|
||||
to the <Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">dtwmrc(4)</Filename> man page for details.</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
<Para>For example, the following line causes the menu described in <Command>DtRootMenu</Command> to
|
||||
be displayed when mouse button 3 is pressed while the pointer is in the
|
||||
workspace window (but not within client windows).</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting><Btn3Down> root f.menu DtRootMenu
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>For complete information on button binding syntax, see the <Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">dtwmrc(4)</Filename>
|
||||
man page.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.20" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title>To Add a Button Binding<IndexTerm><Primary>button binding</Primary><Secondary>adding</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open the appropriate file for editing:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Personal: <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/dtwmrc</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System-wide: <Filename>/etc/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.dtwmrc</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>For information on creating these files, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Workspace Manager
|
||||
Configuration Files&xd3; on page 242'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.2">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Add the button binding to the <Command>DtButtonBindings</Command> definition.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Do not bind the same button to different functions for the click and press
|
||||
operations, and do not bind more than one function to the same button and
|
||||
context.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Choose Restart Workspace Manager from the Workspace menu.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.21" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.14">To Create a New Button Binding Set<IndexTerm><Primary>button binding</Primary><Secondary>creating new set</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open the appropriate file for editing:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Personal: <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/dtwmrc</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System-wide: <Filename>/etc/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.dtwmrc</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>For information on creating these files, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Workspace Manager
|
||||
Configuration Files&xd3; on page 242'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.2">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Create the new button binding set. See
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Button Binding Syntax&xd3; on
|
||||
page 250'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.13">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Set the <Command><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>buttonBindings resource</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>buttonBindings</Command> resource to the new name:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Dtwm*buttonBindings: <Symbol Role="Variable">ButtonBindingsSetName</Symbol></programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Choose Restart Workspace Manager from the Workspace menu.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>The new button bindings replace your existing button bindings. Copy
|
||||
any button bindings you want to keep from <Command>DtButtonBindings</Command>.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.22">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.15">Customizing Key Bindings</Title>
|
||||
<Para>A <Emphasis>keyboard binding</Emphasis>, also known as a <Emphasis>key binding</Emphasis>, associates combination of keys
|
||||
with Workspace Manager functions. Key bindings apply to all workspaces.</Para>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>Be careful about using a common key combination as a keyboard
|
||||
binding. For example, Shift-A normally puts the letter “A” into your current
|
||||
window. If you bind Shift-A to a function, you lose its normal usage.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.23">
|
||||
<Title>Default Desktop Key Bindings<IndexTerm><Primary>key binding</Primary><Secondary>default</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The desktop default key bindings are defined in the Workspace Manager
|
||||
configuration file in a key binding set named <Command>DtKeyBindings</Command>:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Keys DtKeyBindings
|
||||
{
|
||||
…
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.24">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.16">Key Binding Syntax<IndexTerm><Primary>key binding</Primary><Secondary>syntax</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The syntax for key bindings is:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Keys <Symbol Role="Variable">KeyBindingSetName</Symbol>
|
||||
{
|
||||
[<Symbol Role="Variable">Modifiers</Symbol>]<Filename><Key></Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">key_name context function</Symbol> <Command>[</Command><Symbol Role="Variable">argument</Symbol><Filename>]</Filename>
|
||||
[<Symbol Role="Variable">Modifiers</Symbol>]<Filename><Key></Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">key_name context function</Symbol> <Command>[</Command><Symbol Role="Variable">argument</Symbol><Filename>]</Filename>
|
||||
…
|
||||
}
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>where:</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="81*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="447*">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">Modifiers</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Command>Ctrl</Command>, <Command>Shift</Command>. <Command>Alt</Command>, and <Command>Lock</Command>. Multiple modifiers are allowed;
|
||||
separate them with spaces.</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">key_name</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The key to which the function is mapped. For keys with letters
|
||||
or numbers, the <Symbol Role="Variable">key_name</Symbol> name is usually printed on the key.
|
||||
For instance the name of the “a” key is “a”, and the “2” key is
|
||||
named “2”. The “Tab” key is named “Tab”. The “F3” key is
|
||||
named “F3”.</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
<Para>For other keys, the name is spelled out—for example, <Command>plus</Command> for the “+” key.
|
||||
The file <Filename>keysymdef.h</Filename>, located in a system-dependent directory, contains
|
||||
additional information about key names.</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="74*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="454*">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>The element that must have the keyboard focus for this action
|
||||
to be effective. These can be concatenated together if the
|
||||
binding applies to more than one context. Multiple contexts are
|
||||
separated by the “<Filename>|</Filename>” character.
|
||||
<?Pub _newline><Filename>root—</Filename>Workspace backdrop
|
||||
<?Pub _newline><Filename>window—</Filename>Client window
|
||||
<?Pub _newline><Filename>icon—</Filename>Icon</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">function</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>A window manager function. Refer to the <Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">dtwmrc(4)</Filename> man
|
||||
page for a list of valid functions.</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Symbol Role="Variable">argument</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para>Any window manager function arguments that are required.
|
||||
Refer to the <Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">dtwmrc(4)</Filename> man page for details.</Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
<Para>For example, the following key binding lets the user to switch the keyboard
|
||||
focus to the next transient window in an application by pressing Alt+F6.</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Alt<Key>F6 window f.next_key transient
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>For complete information on key binding syntax, see the <Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">dtwmrc(4)</Filename>
|
||||
man page.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.25" Role="Procedure">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.17">To Create a Custom Key Binding Set<IndexTerm><Primary>key binding</Primary><Secondary>creating new set</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open the appropriate file for editing:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet2">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Personal: <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/dtwmrc</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System-wide: <Filename>/etc/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.dtwmrc</Filename></Para>
|
||||
<Para>For information on creating these files, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Workspace Manager
|
||||
Configuration Files&xd3; on page 242'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.2">.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Create a new key binding set with a unique <Symbol Role="Variable">KeyBindingSetName</Symbol>. Use the
|
||||
desktop default key binding set, <Command>DtKeyBindings</Command>, as a guide.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Set the <Command><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>keyBindings resource</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>keyBindings</Command> resource to the new set name:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Dtwm*keyBindings: <Symbol Role="Variable">KeyBindingSetName</Symbol></programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Choose Restart Workspace Manager from the Workspace menu.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>The new key bindings replace your existing key bindings. Copy any
|
||||
key bindings you want to keep from <Command>DtKeyBindings</Command> into your new set.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.WMCnf.div.26">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.WMCnf.mkr.18">Switching Between Default and Custom Behavior<IndexTerm><Primary>Workspace Manager</Primary><Secondary>changing to Motif</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>To toggle between Motif default and CDE desktop window behavior:</Para>
|
||||
<OrderedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Press Alt+Shift+Ctrl+!</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Click OK in the dialog box.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</OrderedList>
|
||||
<Para>Switching to default behavior removes the Front Panel and any custom key
|
||||
and button bindings.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
</Chapter>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.14 mif-to-docbook 1.7 01/02/96 06:16:56-->
|
||||
1499
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch15.sgm
Normal file
1499
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch15.sgm
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
995
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch16.sgm
Normal file
995
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/ch16.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,995 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: ch16.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 19:34:42 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<Chapter Id="SAG.I18N.div.1">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.1">Configuring Localized Desktop Sessions<IndexTerm><Primary>National Language Support</Primary><Secondary>internationalizing</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>To configure localized desktop sessions, you will need to:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Set the LANG environment variable and other National Language Support
|
||||
(NLS) environment variables</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Access language-dependent message catalogs and resource files</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Execute applications remotely across internationalized systems</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable Id="SAG.I18N.itbl.1" Frame="All">
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="1">
|
||||
<ColSpec Colname="1" Colwidth="4.0 in">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Managing the LANG Environment Variable276'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.I18N.div.2"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Finding Fonts278'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.I18N.div.9"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Localizing app-defaults Resource Files279'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.I18N.div.10"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Localizing Actions and Data Types279'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.I18N.div.11"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Localizing Icons and Bitmaps280'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.I18N.div.12"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Localizing Help Volumes281'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.I18N.div.15"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Localizing Message Catalogs282'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.I18N.div.16"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Executing Localized Desktop Applications Remotely282'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.I18N.div.17"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row Rowsep="1">
|
||||
<Entry><Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Resetting Your Keyboard Map282'--><XRef Role="JumpText" Linkend="SAG.I18N.div.18"></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.I18N.div.2">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.2">Managing the LANG Environment Variable<IndexTerm><Primary>internationalization</Primary><Secondary>LANG variable</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>LANG variable</Primary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The LANG environment variable must be set for the desktop to use the
|
||||
operating system's language-sensitive routines. The desktop supports:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Western Europe, Latin-based languages</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Japanese</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Traditional Chinese</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Simplified Chinese</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Korean</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>Support for other languages may have been added by your desktop
|
||||
vendor.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
<Para>You can set LANG to any value supported by the operating system. The
|
||||
Options menu in the login screen displays the list of supported languages and
|
||||
territories.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>There are four ways to set LANG for the desktop:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>By editing a resource in the <Command>Xconfig</Command> file</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Using the Options menu in the login screen</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>By creating an executable <Command>sh</Command> or <Command>ksh</Command> <Filename>Xsession.d</Filename> script. (See
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Sourcing
|
||||
Xsession.d Scripts&xd3; on page 26'--><XRef Role="SecTitleAndPageNum" Linkend="SAG.SesMg.mkr.5"> for more information about using an
|
||||
Xsession.d script.)</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>By editing the user's <Filename>.dtprofile</Filename> file</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>When LANG is set, the desktop uses the following language-dependent files to
|
||||
determine the localized interface.</Para>
|
||||
<InformalTable>
|
||||
<TGroup Cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="107*">
|
||||
<colspec colwidth="421*">
|
||||
<TBody>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><StructName Role="typedef">Colors</StructName></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>/usr/dt/palettes/desc</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">.language</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
<Row>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Literal>Backdrops</Literal></Para></Entry>
|
||||
<Entry><Para><Filename>/usr/dt/backdrops/desc</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">.language</Symbol></Para></Entry>
|
||||
</Row>
|
||||
</TBody>
|
||||
</TGroup>
|
||||
</InformalTable>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.I18N.div.3">
|
||||
<Title>Setting the Language for Multiple Users<IndexTerm><Primary>internationalization</Primary><Secondary>setting language</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>language, setting using Xconfig file</Primary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>Xconfig file</Primary><Secondary>setting language with</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>If you set the language by means of an <Command>Xconfig</Command> file, the login screen is
|
||||
localized and LANG is set for all users. This is the only way to change LANG
|
||||
for all displays in multi-display systems. (To modify <Command>Xconfig</Command>, copy
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/config/Xconfig</Filename> to <Command>/etc/dt/config/Xconfig.)</Command></Para>
|
||||
<Para>The language is set by placing the following line in
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/Xconfig</Filename>:</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing>dtlogin.<Symbol Role="Variable">host_display</Symbol>.language: <Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>For example, the following line sets LANG to <Filename>Swedish_locale</Filename> on display
|
||||
<ComputerOutput>my_host:0</ComputerOutput>.</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing>dtlogin.my_host_0.language: Swedish_locale</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>The <Command>dtlogin</Command> client reads the appropriate message catalog for that language
|
||||
and brings up the localized login screen. The <Command>dtlogin</Command> client then determines
|
||||
the list of locales using the following resources in the
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt/config/Xresources</Filename> resource file:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Filename>dtlogin*language</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Filename>dtlogin*languageList</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Filename>dtlogin*languageName</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>The <Command>Xconfig</Command> file may need to set the NLSPATH environment variable
|
||||
appropriately for the chosen language. If this is not the case, or if you want to
|
||||
set NLSPATH yourself, see
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;NLSPATH Environment Variable&xd3; on page 278'--><XRef Role="HeadingAndPage" Linkend="SAG.I18N.div.8">.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.I18N.div.4">
|
||||
<Title>Setting the Language for One Session</Title>
|
||||
<Para>To set the language for one session, use the login screen Options menu. The
|
||||
login screen is localized and LANG is set for the user. LANG returns to its
|
||||
default value (set in <Command>dtlogin</Command>) at the conclusion of the session.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.I18N.div.5">
|
||||
<Title>Setting the Language for One User<IndexTerm><Primary>LANG variable</Primary><Secondary>in .dtprofile</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>.dtprofile file</Primary><Secondary>setting LANG</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>A user can override the login's LANG setting within the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dtprofile</Filename> file. The login screen is not localized, and LANG
|
||||
is set for the user.</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>If you use <Command>sh</Command> or <Command>ksh</Command>:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>LANG=<Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol>
|
||||
export LANG</programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>If you use <Command>csh</Command>:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>setenv LANG <Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></programlisting>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.I18N.div.6">
|
||||
<Title>LANG Environment Variable and Session Configuration</Title>
|
||||
<Para><Command>The LANG environment variable changes the directory name that is searched for
|
||||
your session configuration files.</Command></Para>
|
||||
<Para><Command>The localized session configuration files are:</Command></Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Filename>/usr/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/Xresources</Filename> (Login Manager resource file)</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Filename>/usr/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.font</Filename> (Session Manager resource file)</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Filename>/usr/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.resources</Filename> (Session Manager resource
|
||||
file)</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Filename>/usr/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.session</Filename> (Session Manager executable
|
||||
shell)</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Filename>/usr/dt/config/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/sys.dtwmrc</Filename> (Window Manager resource file)</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/types/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/dtwm.fp</Filename> (Window Manager Front
|
||||
Panel)</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
<Sect2 Id="SAG.I18N.div.7">
|
||||
<Title>Setting Other NLS Environment Variables<IndexTerm><Primary>internationalization</Primary><Secondary>NLS environment variables</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>NLS environment variables</Primary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Besides LANG, there are other NLS environment variables such as LC_CTYPE
|
||||
and LC_ALL. These variables are not affected by the <Command>dtlogin</Command> language
|
||||
resource nor by the login screen Options menu. They must be set in the
|
||||
following files:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System-wide variables: <Filename>/etc/dt/config/Xsession.d</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Personal variables: <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dtprofile</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Sect3 Id="SAG.I18N.div.8">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.3">NLSPATH Environment Variable<IndexTerm><Primary>message catalogs</Primary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The NLSPATH environment variable determines the directory paths that
|
||||
applications search for message catalogs. Both LANG and NLSPATH must be
|
||||
set to use those message catalogs. Refer to
|
||||
<!--Original XRef content: '&xd2;Localizing Message Catalogs&xd3; on
|
||||
page 282'--><XRef Role="HeadingAndPage" Linkend="SAG.I18N.div.16"> for the location of localized messages. Most desktop clients will prefix
|
||||
the path to NLSPATH upon startup.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect3>
|
||||
</Sect2>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.I18N.div.9">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.4">Finding Fonts<IndexTerm><Primary>internationalization</Primary><Secondary>fonts</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Fonts included with the desktop are in the <Filename>/usr/lib/X11/fonts</Filename> directory.<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>fonts</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>primary directory</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
Each directory contains a directory file, <ComputerOutput>fonts.dir</ComputerOutput>, and an alias file,
|
||||
<ComputerOutput>fonts.alias</ComputerOutput>. See the <ComputerOutput>mkfontdir</ComputerOutput> man page for information on creating the
|
||||
<ComputerOutput>fonts.dir</ComputerOutput> and <ComputerOutput>fonts.alias</ComputerOutput> files.<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>fonts</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>finding with directory file</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>fonts</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>finding with alias file</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>fonts</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>finding with mkfontdir command</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>mkfontdir command, compiling files</Primary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>To list all fonts available at a server, user the <ComputerOutput>xlsfonts</ComputerOutput> command.<IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>xlsfonts command</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>listing fonts at server</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>fonts</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>xlsfonts command</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>xlsfonts command</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>installation</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>xlsfonts command</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>listing fonts at server</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
|
||||
<Primary>xlsfonts command</Primary>
|
||||
<Secondary>installation</Secondary>
|
||||
</IndexTerm>
|
||||
To add or
|
||||
delete fonts to the server, use the <ComputerOutput>xset</ComputerOutput> command.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.I18N.div.9a">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.4a">Managing User Defined Characters<IndexTerm><Primary>user defined characters</Primary><Secondary>managing</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>localization</Primary><Secondary>user defined characters</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<Title>Overview</title>
|
||||
<para>In East Asian countries such as China, Korea, and Japan, Chinese
|
||||
characters (called Hanzi in China, Hanja in Korea, and Kanji in Japan)
|
||||
are used extensively. Because the number of Chinese characters
|
||||
is very large (more than 50,000 in the largest Japanese Kanji dictionary)
|
||||
the standard coded character sets for Chinese characters
|
||||
(such as JIS X 0208, KS C 5601, and GB 2312) define only
|
||||
the most frequently used characters.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>For ordinary writing purposes,
|
||||
a standard character set is sufficient. Some cases, however, require the
|
||||
use of non-standard characters. For example, for
|
||||
Resident Registration in Japan, a person's
|
||||
name and place name must be written in exactly the same characters
|
||||
as used in previously hand-written registration forms. Another
|
||||
example is the publication of ancient documents, such as Taoist or
|
||||
Confucian classics. These documents contain many characters that
|
||||
are now obsolete and not defined in the standard character sets.
|
||||
Such non-standard characters are referred to as "User Defined Characters."<IndexTerm><Primary>user defined characters</Primary><Secondary>defined</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<sect3>
|
||||
<Title>How UDCs Are Organized</title>
|
||||
<para>User Defined Characters (UDCs) use either "empty" code points
|
||||
(points in the code set that have no characters assigned to them) or
|
||||
a Private Use Area
|
||||
(if defined by the code set). In most cases, a system vendor will
|
||||
supply a UDC area, which consists of one or more contiguous blocks
|
||||
of code points that can be used for UDCs.<IndexTerm><Primary>user defined characters</Primary><Secondary>and UDC area</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>The basic procedure for creating a UDC is:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<orderedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Assign a code point in the UDC Area to the character to be defined.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Create a glyph image (or a set of glyph images to define multiple font
|
||||
sizes) for that character by using the UDC Font Editor,
|
||||
<command>dtudcfonted</command>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</orderedlist>
|
||||
<para>Once a UDC is created, it can be propagated to other systems by using
|
||||
the UDC Data Exchanger.
|
||||
For data interchange consistency, UDC definitions should be unified
|
||||
within an organization.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>Before attempting to create UDCs, you must
|
||||
determine:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>What code set is being used and what code
|
||||
points are available for UDCs. To create UDCs, users
|
||||
must know which code points to use.<IndexTerm><Primary>code set</Primary><Secondary>for user defined characters</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>When interchanging text data under the X Protocol,
|
||||
compound text is used. In compound text, extended
|
||||
segments can be used to transfer UDCs.
|
||||
If you use extended segments for UDC transfer, you should define
|
||||
the encoding name for the UDCs and how code points or glyph indexes
|
||||
are transferred in the segments.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>How font files are organized and what glyph
|
||||
indexes are used for UDCs. UDCs can be stored in
|
||||
standard font files with empty glyph indexes or in
|
||||
separate font files specific to UDCs. If separate files
|
||||
are used, the system should be shipped with empty font
|
||||
files for UDC. When editing an existing UDC, the user must
|
||||
specify the font name and the glyph indexes for the UDC.
|
||||
This means the user must know the relationship between
|
||||
code points and glyph indexes.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
<sect3>
|
||||
<title>Font Files</title>
|
||||
<para>To display and print UDCs they must be stored in databases as
|
||||
font files. UDC glyphs, like other character glyphs, are stored in font
|
||||
files that are used in the X Window system. The font file formats
|
||||
are PCF (Portable Compiled Format) and SNF (Server Natural Format),
|
||||
which can be accessed by an X server. The
|
||||
UDC Font Editor can also access font files in those formats.<IndexTerm><Primary>user defined characters</Primary><Secondary>font files for</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>font files</Primary><Secondary>for user defined characters</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>When the X server displays a UDC, it refers to the UDC in the
|
||||
associated font file. Likewise, when a UDC is printed,
|
||||
the printer spooler refers to the UDC in the font file.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>Font files must be set up to be able to be used by the X Window
|
||||
system. In other words, they must be placed in directories that
|
||||
are defined in the Xserver's font path, and the management files
|
||||
(such as <Symbol Role="Variable">fonts.dir</Symbol>) must be
|
||||
placed in those directories.
|
||||
The UDC Font Editor does not install font files,
|
||||
and does not modify any resources such as
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">fonts.dir</Symbol> in the system.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>The UDC Font Editor
|
||||
can use only UDC font files that are available in the
|
||||
current locale and that are defined in the X NLS database. The X NLS
|
||||
database is a database that defines what codeset and font set are used
|
||||
for each locale. The UDC Font Editor
|
||||
constructs UDC fonts in various point sizes and styles.
|
||||
To add a new editable font, you must specify the
|
||||
code set name and UDC area in the X NLS database.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>When the UDC Font Editor and the UDC Data Exchanger
|
||||
look for font files, they first search
|
||||
the <systemitem class="environvar">DTUDCFONTPATH</systemitem>
|
||||
environment variable (which is a colon-separated list of directories
|
||||
containing UDC font files) and then the directories
|
||||
specified in the
|
||||
<filename>/usr/dt/config/$LANG/fonts.list</filename> file. To set
|
||||
font search directories for each locale, specify them in
|
||||
the <filename>fonts.list</filename> file. (Do not forget the terminal colon.)
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>#
|
||||
# fonts.list file example
|
||||
#
|
||||
/usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc:
|
||||
/usr/dt/config/xfonts/ja:
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<Title>The UDC Font Editor<IndexTerm><Primary>user defined characters</Primary><Secondary>and UDC Font Editor</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>UDC Font Editor</Primary></IndexTerm></title>
|
||||
<para>The UDC Font Editor (<command>dtudcfonted</command>) allows you to create, edit,
|
||||
and delete UDCs.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>For complete details on using the UDC Font Editor,
|
||||
refer to the <command>dtudcfonted</command> man page.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>When you start the UDC Font Editor, the <literal>Font Selection</literal>
|
||||
window appears.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>UDC font files are specified by XLFD (X Logical Font Description)
|
||||
name. XLFDs are unique and descriptive font names that are used by clients
|
||||
and applications. The various font attributes such as style and a
|
||||
character set name are included in the XLFD. For convenience,
|
||||
you can select the font file style, size, and UDC code area. The UDC code
|
||||
area includes the code set number as specified in the X NLS database
|
||||
and the range of UDC glyph indexes that can be used in the code set.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>To list the available UDC font files, select the code set, style, and
|
||||
definition character size of the desired font in the selection item field.
|
||||
Specifying a font and then selecting the <literal>Open</literal> button
|
||||
displays the <literal>Character Edit</literal> window.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<sect3>
|
||||
<title>Creating and Editing Characters</title><IndexTerm><Primary>user defined characters</Primary><Secondary>creating</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>user defined characters</Primary><Secondary>editing</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
<para>Character patterns are created or edited on the <literal>Character
|
||||
Edit</literal> window.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>Select the code for the character to be edited from the
|
||||
character list. This displays the associated character pattern
|
||||
in the edit pane. If the character code has not been registered in
|
||||
in the UDC area, nothing is displayed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>If the character code has not been registered, add the code on the
|
||||
<literal>Character Control</literal> window, or copy the pattern on the
|
||||
<literal>Character Copy</literal> window. For details on how to add
|
||||
character codes, see "Adding and Deleting Character Codes". For details
|
||||
on how to copy character patterns, see "Copying Character Patterns".
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>A set of drawing tools and <literal>Edit</literal> menu options
|
||||
provide a complete set of operations for creating and editing
|
||||
character patterns.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
<sect3>
|
||||
<title>Adding and Deleting Character Codes</title>
|
||||
<IndexTerm><Primary>user defined characters</Primary><Secondary>adding character codes</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>user defined characters</Primary><Secondary>deleting character codes</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>character codes</Primary><Secondary>adding</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>character codes</Primary><Secondary>deleting</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
<para>Character codes are added and deleted on the <literal>Character
|
||||
Control</literal> window, which is displayed by choosing
|
||||
<literal>Add/Delete</literal> from the <literal>Character</literal> menu.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>To add a character code, specify its four hexadecimal digits within the
|
||||
user-defined character area and click the <literal>Add</literal> button.
|
||||
You can also add a range of characters
|
||||
by specifying the codes for the first and last characters in the
|
||||
range. Each new character code is added to the list of characters being edited on
|
||||
the <literal>Character Edit</literal> window. The character to be edited
|
||||
is the first character of the added character code (or the added
|
||||
character code field). If already registered, the character pattern for
|
||||
the specified character code is not changed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>To delete a character code, specify its four hexadecimal digits within
|
||||
the user-defined character area and click the <literal>Delete</literal> button.
|
||||
You can also delete a range of characters
|
||||
by specifying the codes for the first and last characters in the
|
||||
range. The utility asks you to confirm each deletion.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>Deleting a character code removes it from the list of characters being
|
||||
edited on the <literal>Character Edit</literal> window. The character
|
||||
code following the deleted character code becomes the current editable
|
||||
character code.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
<sect3>
|
||||
<title>Entering Character Codes Graphically<IndexTerm><Primary>character codes</Primary><Secondary>entering graphically</Secondary></IndexTerm></title>
|
||||
<para>To enter a character code graphically, click the
|
||||
<literal>Code</literal> button on the <literal>Character
|
||||
Control</literal> window. The <literal>Character Code Input</literal>
|
||||
window appears. On this window, click on the desired character, then
|
||||
click <literal>Apply</literal> to insert the code for the
|
||||
selected character in the code input field of the <literal>Character
|
||||
Control</literal> window.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
<sect3>
|
||||
<title>Copying Character Patterns</title>
|
||||
<IndexTerm><Primary>user defined characters</Primary><Secondary>copying character patterns</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
<para>To copy character patterns already registered or created,
|
||||
choose <literal>Copy</literal> from the <literal>Character</literal> menu.
|
||||
The <literal>Character Copy</literal> window appears.
|
||||
Copying adds the character code specified for the copy destination to
|
||||
the character list on the Editing window.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>To copy a character pattern, select the character size and specify its
|
||||
four-hexadecimal-digit code. (You can also copy a range by supplying
|
||||
the codes for the first and last characters in the range.)
|
||||
Then, specify the four-hexadecimal-digit code(s) for the
|
||||
destination character(s) and click the <literal>Copy</literal> button.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>You can also perform composite copies, in which the dots in the source
|
||||
character pattern are ORed with the dots in the destination character pattern.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
<sect2>
|
||||
<Title>The UDC Data Exchanger<IndexTerm><Primary>user defined characters</Primary><Secondary>and UDC Data Exchange utility</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>user defined characters</Primary><Secondary>transferring to other systems</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>UDC Data Exchange utility</Primary></IndexTerm></title>
|
||||
<para>The UDC Data Exchanger (<command>dtudcexch</command>)
|
||||
is a tool for exchanging
|
||||
UDC glyph images between systems.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para><command>dtudcexch</command> provides a
|
||||
mechanism for distributing UDC glyph images among different systems.
|
||||
Specifically, it allows UDC glyph images to be created on one system
|
||||
using the UDC Font Editor (<command>dtudcfonted</command>) and then
|
||||
propagated to other systems. <command>dtudcexch</command> stores the UDC
|
||||
glyph images in a BDF (Bitmap Distribution Format) file, which is
|
||||
transported to a target system. On the target system,
|
||||
<command>dtudcexch</command> is run again, this time to extract the
|
||||
images from the BDF file and add them to the appropriate font file.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para><command>dtudcexch</command> provides both an export and an import
|
||||
function. The export function reads the selected UDC
|
||||
glyph images from a font file and stores them in a BDF file for transfer
|
||||
to other systems. The import function reads all UDC glyph images in a
|
||||
BDF file and adds them to a specified font file.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>When exporting, <command>dtudcexch</command> uses glyph indexes of the
|
||||
UDC code area in the PCF/SNF font file to select the UDC glyph images. It
|
||||
stores the converted images in the BDF-format file at the same glyph indexes.
|
||||
When importing, <command>dtudcexch</command> adds the UDC glyph images to
|
||||
the PCF/SNF font file at the same glyph indexes found in the BDF file.
|
||||
The UDC code area information is defined in the X NLS database.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>To create different glyph indexes for the images on the target system,
|
||||
you can edit the BDF file before you invoke the import function.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>For details on using the UDC Data Exchanger,
|
||||
refer to the <command>dtudcexch</command>
|
||||
man page.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.I18N.div.10">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.5">Localizing app-defaults Resource Files<IndexTerm><Primary>internationalization</Primary><Secondary>app-defaults</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>XUSERFILESEARCHPATH variable</Primary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>resources</Primary><Secondary>language-dependent</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>app-defaults</Primary><Secondary>language-dependent</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>The default location for the <Filename>app-defaults</Filename> file for the desktop clients is
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/app-defaults/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol>. For example, if LANG is set to
|
||||
<Filename>Swedish_locale</Filename>, then applications will look for their <Filename>app-defaults</Filename> file in
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/app-defaults/Swedish_locale</Filename>. If LANG is not set, <Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol> is
|
||||
ignored, and applications look for their <Filename>app-defaults</Filename> file in <Filename>/usr/app-
|
||||
defaults/C</Filename>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>To change the location of <Filename>app-defaults</Filename>, use the XFILESEARCHPATH
|
||||
environment variable. For example, to move <Filename>app-defaults</Filename> to <Filename>/users</Filename>, set
|
||||
XFILESEARCHPATH to <Filename>/usr/app-defaults/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol><Filename>/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">classname</Symbol>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>If you set XFILESEARCHPATH in <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dtprofile</Filename>, the value
|
||||
applies to all desktop and X clients you run. Nonclients will not find their
|
||||
resource files unless you link or copy them into the directory specified by
|
||||
XFILESEARCHPATH.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.I18N.div.11">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.6">Localizing Actions and Data Types</Title>
|
||||
<Note>
|
||||
<Para>To customize a file in the <Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig</Filename> directory, copy the file
|
||||
to the <Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig</Filename> directory prior to customizing.</Para>
|
||||
</Note>
|
||||
<Para>The search path for action and data-type definition files includes language-
|
||||
dependent directories in:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Personal: <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/dt/types</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System-wide: <Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/types/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Built-in: <Command>/usr/dt/appconfig/types/</Command><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>The search path for Application Manager's configuration files is:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Personal: <Emphasis>Ho</Emphasis><Symbol Role="Variable">meDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/dt/appmanager</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System-wide: <Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/appmanager/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Built-in: <Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/appmanager/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>File and directory names in this directory are localized.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.I18N.div.12">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.7">Localizing Icons and Bitmaps<IndexTerm><Primary>localization</Primary><Secondary>icons</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>localized</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>non-English</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>To localize an icon, edit the icon with Icon Editor and save it in:</Para>
|
||||
<ProgramListing>/etc/dt/appconfig/icons/<Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>If you save it in a different directory, set the XMICONSEARCHPATH
|
||||
environment variable to include the directory where you saved the icon. The
|
||||
XMICONBMSEARCHPATH environment variable controls the path used to
|
||||
search for icons.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.I18N.div.13">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.8">Localizing Backdrop Names<IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>localized</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Localization of backdrops is done through the use of description files
|
||||
(<ComputerOutput>desc</ComputerOutput>.<Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol> and <Filename>desc.backdrops</Filename>). No specific localized directory exists
|
||||
(such as <ComputerOutput>/usr/dt/backdrops/</ComputerOutput><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol>) for backdrop files. All locales use the
|
||||
same set of backdrops files but have their own <Filename>desc.</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol> file containing
|
||||
the translated names of the backdrops.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The description file contains resource specifications for the backdrop names
|
||||
that are translated. For example:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Backdrops*Corduroy.desc: Velours
|
||||
Backdrops*DarkPaper.desc: PapierKraft
|
||||
Backdrops*Foreground.desc: AvantPlan
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>The <ComputerOutput>desc.</ComputerOutput><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol> file is used to retrieve the description of the backdrops for
|
||||
locale <Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol> in order to display the backdrop in the Style Manager. If there is
|
||||
a description specification, it will be displayed in the Style Manager backdrops
|
||||
list. Otherwise, the backdrop file name will be used.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Users can add their own backdrop descriptions in the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/backdrops/desc.backdrops</Filename> file.
|
||||
This file is used to
|
||||
retrieve the backdrop descriptions for all backdrops added by the user
|
||||
regardless of locale.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The search path for the <Command>description</Command> files is:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Personal: <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/backdrops/desc.backdrops</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System-wide: <Filename>/etc/dt/backdrops/desc.</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Built-in: <Filename>/usr/dt/backdrops/desc.</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.I18N.div.14">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.9">Localizing Palette Names<IndexTerm><Primary>localization</Primary><Secondary>See also internationalization</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>palettes</Primary><Secondary>localizing names</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>localization</Primary><Secondary>palette names</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>localization</Primary><Secondary>icons</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>localized</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>icons</Primary><Secondary>non-English</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Localization of palettes is done through the use of description files
|
||||
(<ComputerOutput>desc</ComputerOutput>.<Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol> and <Filename>desc.palettes</Filename>). No specific localized directory exists
|
||||
(such as <ComputerOutput>/usr/dt/palettes/</ComputerOutput><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol>). All locales use the same set of palette
|
||||
files but have their own <Filename>desc.palettes</Filename> file containing the translated names
|
||||
of the palettes.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The description file contains resource specifications for the palette names that
|
||||
are translated. For example:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>Palettes*Cardamon.desc: Cardamone
|
||||
Palettes*Cinnamon.desc: Cannelle
|
||||
Palettes*Clove.desc: Brun
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>The <ComputerOutput>desc.</ComputerOutput><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol> file is used to retrieve the description of the palettes for
|
||||
locale <Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol> in order to display the palette in the Style Manager list. If there
|
||||
is a description specification it will be displayed in the Style Manager palettes
|
||||
list. Otherwise, the palette file name will be used.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Users can add their own palette descirptions in the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/palettes/desc.palettes</Filename> file. This file is used to
|
||||
retrieve the palette descriptions for all palettes added by the user regardless of
|
||||
locale.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The search path for the description files is:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Personal: <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/palettes/desc.palettes</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System-wide: <Filename>/etc/dt/palettes/desc.</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Built-in: <Filename>/usr/dt/palettes/desc.</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.I18N.div.14a">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.9a">Localizing an Infolib<IndexTerm><Primary>infolibs</Primary><Secondary>localizing</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>localization</Primary><Secondary>infolibs</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>An infolib contains one or more bookcases, each of which contains one or more books
|
||||
that can be browsed and searched with the Information Manager. In this hierarchy,
|
||||
only the infolibs have associated desktop actions. As desktop entities, infolibs can be opened
|
||||
by dragging and dropping them on the Information Manager control. When an infolib
|
||||
is opened, the Information Manager displays the Book List window, showing
|
||||
all the bookcases contained in the infolib.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>The default path for infolibs is set by the
|
||||
<systemitem class="environvar">DTINFOLIBPATH</systemitem> environment variable.
|
||||
(The standard CDE desktop path is <filename>/usr/dt/dtinfo/cde.dti</filename>.)
|
||||
The <Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol><filename>.oli</filename> file
|
||||
found at the first directory level of an infolib contains the abbreviated name for the
|
||||
infolib. Localizations of an infolib are found in subdirectories beneath the first directory
|
||||
level and are named according to the NLS mask %<Symbol Role="Variable">L</Symbol>
|
||||
(or %<Symbol Role="Variable">l</Symbol>_%<Symbol Role="Variable">t</Symbol>.%<Symbol Role="Variable">c</Symbol>.)
|
||||
In the Information Manager's Book List window, each bookcase in an infolib appears with
|
||||
the localized string or title stored in the <filename>bookcase.map</filename> file
|
||||
found in the bookcase's subdirectory.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.I18N.div.15">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.10">Localizing Help Volumes<IndexTerm><Primary>help volumes</Primary><Secondary>localizing</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>If you have localized a help volume, you must store it in one of the following
|
||||
directories. The first help volume found is the one used. The directories are
|
||||
searched in the following order:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Personal: <Symbol Role="Variable">HomeDirectory</Symbol><Filename>/.dt/help</Filename></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System-wide: <Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/help/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Built-in: <Symbol Role="Variable">/usr/dt/appconfig/help/</Symbol><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.I18N.div.16">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.11">Localizing Message Catalogs<IndexTerm><Primary>localization</Primary><Secondary>message catalogs</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>If you have localized a message catalog, store it in the following directory:</Para>
|
||||
<Para><Filename>/usr/dt/lib/nls/msg/</Filename><Symbol Role="Variable">language</Symbol>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>These directories contain the <Filename>*.cat</Filename> files.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.I18N.div.17">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.12">Executing Localized Desktop Applications Remotely<IndexTerm><Primary>remote execution</Primary><Secondary>native language support</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>NLS remote execution</Primary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>You can invoke localized desktop applications on any remote execution host
|
||||
that has a similarly localized desktop installation. The values of the NLS-
|
||||
related environment variables on the host that is invoking the application are
|
||||
passed to the remote host when the application is started. However, the
|
||||
environment variables do not contain any host information.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.I18N.div.18">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.13">Resetting Your Keyboard Map<IndexTerm><Primary>keyboard map, resetting</Primary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>internationalization</Primary><Secondary>troubleshooting</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>If you see unexpected characters and behaviors, or characters cannot be
|
||||
displayed or typed, you might need to reset or install your keyboard map or
|
||||
change your input method.</Para>
|
||||
<Para Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.14">The input method is determined by the LC_CTYPE, LANG, or LC_ALL
|
||||
environment variables, or the language specified by the <ComputerOutput>-lang</ComputerOutput> option.<IndexTerm><Primary>input method, internationalization</Primary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, if the user wants to open a terminal with the C locale within a
|
||||
POSIX shell, such as:</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>LANG=C dtterm
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>This new terminal uses the C locale including the C input method and fonts. If
|
||||
you are using a language-specific keyboard, the input method may not accept
|
||||
any extended characters for input. When using the C locale with a language-
|
||||
specific keyboard, users need to set the LC_CTYPE (or LANG or LC_ALL)
|
||||
environment variable to an appropriate value before invoking the terminal.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, to use the C locale with the German keyboard, type:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<programlisting>LANG=C LC_CTYPE=DeDE dtterm
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
<Para>If the X server has been reset and keymaps have been initialized, you can reset
|
||||
the proper keyboard map at the server using the <ComputerOutput>xmodmap</ComputerOutput> command.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.I18N.div.19">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.14a">Selecting an Input Method Server<IndexTerm><Primary>input method server</Primary><Secondary>selecting</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<Para>Asian users can select which input method server (IMS) to use either at
|
||||
session startup or at any time within a session (by using the Style
|
||||
Manager's Internationalization control). IMS selection is
|
||||
allowed only if <systemitem class="environvar">LANG</systemitem>
|
||||
is set to an Asian language (Japanese, Korean, Chinese traditional, or
|
||||
Chinese simplified).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>Once an IMS has been selected, users can set the IMS selection mode, which
|
||||
determines whether they will be prompted
|
||||
for an IMS at the next login or will automatically use the currently selected IMS.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>The IMS selection and IMS selection mode are stored in the file:<IndexTerm><Primary>input method server</Primary><Secondary>selection file</Secondary></IndexTerm>
|
||||
<programlisting><Symbol Role="Variable">$HOME</Symbol>/.dt/ims/[<Symbol Role="Variable">display_name</Symbol>/]<Symbol Role="Variable">CDE_locale_name</Symbol>
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>The format of the IMS selection file is:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>@SelectMode: 0 <lineannotation>(Ask at login), or</lineannotation>
|
||||
1 <lineannotation>(Resume current input method)</lineannotation>
|
||||
@ImsName: <Symbol Role="Variable">ims_name</Symbol>
|
||||
@HostName: <Symbol Role="Variable">host_name</Symbol>
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<sect2 Id="SAG.I18N.div.20">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.15">At Session Startup<IndexTerm><Primary>input method server</Primary><Secondary>selecting at session startup</Secondary></IndexTerm></title>
|
||||
<para>To allow users to select an IMS prior to session startup, set the
|
||||
<systemitem class="environvar">DTSTARTIMS</systemitem> environment variable to
|
||||
<systemitem class="constant">TRUE</systemitem>. Setting
|
||||
<systemitem class="environvar">DTSTARTIMS</systemitem> to
|
||||
<systemitem class="constant">TRUE</systemitem> causes
|
||||
the Session Manager to execute the
|
||||
<filename>/usr/dt/config/Xsession.d/0020.dtims</filename> script.
|
||||
This script checks <systemitem class="environvar">LANG</systemitem>.
|
||||
If <systemitem class="environvar">LANG</systemitem> is set to an Asian
|
||||
language, the script invokes the <command>dtimsstart</command>
|
||||
program. <command>dtimsstart</command> displays an Input Method
|
||||
Selection dialog from which the user can select which IMS to use.
|
||||
The user can choose an IMS running either on the local host or on a remote
|
||||
host.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>To set the selection mode, the user can use the Style Manager I18N control
|
||||
(described below) or use <command>DtActionInvoke</command> to execute the
|
||||
<Symbol>DtImsMode</Symbol> action in <literal>Desktop_Tools</literal> in the
|
||||
Application Manager. The <Symbol>DtImsMode</Symbol> action
|
||||
displays a dialog that lets the user choose either
|
||||
<literal>Ask at Login</literal> or <literal>Resume current input method</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>The name of the selected IMS and its host and the selection mode
|
||||
are recorded in the IMS selection file.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
<sect2 Id="SAG.I18N.div.21">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.16">Within a Session<IndexTerm><Primary>input method server</Primary><Secondary>selecting within a session</Secondary></IndexTerm></title>
|
||||
<para>At any point within a session, a user can select which IMS to use by clicking the
|
||||
the Style Manager I18N control. (This control appears only if
|
||||
<systemitem class="environvar">LANG</systemitem> is set to an Asian
|
||||
language.) The Input Method Selection dialog is displayed. If there is a current IMS,
|
||||
the dialog shows its name as well as the server host on which it is running.
|
||||
The user can choose an IMS that is running either on the local host or on a remote
|
||||
host.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>To define the hosts on which an IMS can be found, you can configure the
|
||||
the <literal>imServerHosts</literal> application resource. The Style
|
||||
Manager uses this resource to identify which hosts to present for user
|
||||
IMS selection. It contains a comma-separated list of host names.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>In addition to selecting the IMS, the user can set the selection mode to either
|
||||
<literal>Ask at Login</literal> or <literal>Resume current input method</literal>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>The name of the selected IMS and its host and the selection mode
|
||||
are recorded in the IMS selection file.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
<sect2 Id="SAG.I18N.div.22">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.17">Setting the IMS Configuration Files<IndexTerm><Primary>input method server</Primary><Secondary>configuration files</Secondary></IndexTerm></title>
|
||||
<para>In addition to the IMS selection file (described above), IMS configuration is
|
||||
defined by:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The Locale Entry file
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The IMS Entry file
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<sect3 Id="SAG.I18N.div.23">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.18">Locale Entry File<IndexTerm><Primary>input method server</Primary><Secondary>Locale Entry file</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>Locale Entry file</Primary></IndexTerm></title>
|
||||
<para>The Locale Entry file lists the IMSs that support a given locale.
|
||||
Its location is <filename>/usr/dt/config/ims/</filename><Symbol Role="Variable">locale_name</Symbol>
|
||||
and it takes the format:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>@Default: <Symbol Role="Variable">ims_name</Symbol>
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">ims_name</Symbol>: <Symbol Role="Variable">label_string</Symbol>
|
||||
…
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>The following shows a sample IMS listing for the
|
||||
locale <literal>ja_JP.SJIS</literal>:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>@Default: xjim
|
||||
xjim: HP XJIM
|
||||
atok8: ATOK8
|
||||
vje: VJE-gamma
|
||||
egbridge: EGBridge
|
||||
none: No Input Method
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
<sect3 Id="SAG.I18N.div.24">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.19">IMS Entry File<IndexTerm><Primary>input method server</Primary><Secondary>IMS Entry file</Secondary></IndexTerm><IndexTerm><Primary>IMS Entry file</Primary></IndexTerm></title>
|
||||
<para>The IMS Entry file describes the attributes of an IMS.
|
||||
Its location is <filename>/usr/dt/config/ims/</filename>
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">ims_name</Symbol> and it takes the format:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting><symbol role="variable">attribute_name</symbol>: <symbol role="variable">attribute_value</symbol>
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>where <symbol role="variable">attribute_name</symbol> is:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>protocols</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>A String attribute that identifies the supported XIM protocols. The
|
||||
valid protocols are XIM, Ximp, and Xsi. This attribute is required.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>server_name</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>A String attribute that identifies the server on which the IMS runs.
|
||||
This attribute is used for XMODIFIERS and is required.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>cmd_path</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>A Path attribute that specifies the absolute path of the the IMS's
|
||||
executable file. It is a a built-in keyword used for local IM built in
|
||||
Xlib, which does not need a separate process. This attribute is
|
||||
required.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>cmd_param</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>A String attribute that supplies a command line option for the IMS
|
||||
server. The default is NULL.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>env_set</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>A String attribute that specifies the environment variables to be set,
|
||||
with the exception of XMODIFIERS. The default is NULL.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>env_unset</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>A String attribute that specifies the environment variables to be unset,
|
||||
with the exception of XMODIFIERS. The default is NULL.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>env_pass</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>A String attribute that specifies the environment variables to be passed
|
||||
to a remotely executed IMS, with the exception of LANG, DISPLAY, and
|
||||
XMODIFIERS. The default is NULL.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>has_window</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>A Bool attribute that indicates whether the IMS has its own main window
|
||||
appearance or not. The default is False.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>no_server</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>A Bool attribute that indicates whether <command>dtimsstart</command>
|
||||
should start the IMS or not. True should be given for the local IM, since it
|
||||
does not require any server process started by
|
||||
<command>dtimsstart</command>. The default is False.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>no_remote</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>A Bool attribute that indicates whether the IMS allows remote execution
|
||||
or not. The default is False.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>no_option</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>A Bool attribute that indicates whether the IMS allows the command line
|
||||
option or not. If True, any options specfied by
|
||||
<literal>-imsopt</literal> are ignored, though the value of the
|
||||
<literal>cmd_param</literal> attribute is always applied regardless of
|
||||
this value. True should be given for the local IM. The default is False.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
<para>Note that where multiple values are allowed, they must be specified as a
|
||||
space-separated list. If multiple entries with the same attribute name
|
||||
appear in the file, only the last one is used.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>The following shows the contents a sample IMS entry file
|
||||
<filename>/usr/dt/config/ims/</filename><Symbol Role="Variable">xjim</Symbol>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>protocols: XIM Ximp
|
||||
server_name: xjim
|
||||
cmd_path: /usr/bin/X11/xjim
|
||||
cmd_param: -iconic
|
||||
env_set:
|
||||
env_unset:
|
||||
env_pass:
|
||||
has_window: true
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.I18N.div.20a">
|
||||
<Title Id="SAG.I18N.mkr.15a">Setting Input Method Style<IndexTerm><Primary>input method style</Primary><Secondary>setting</Secondary></IndexTerm></Title>
|
||||
<para>The Style Manager I18N control allows the user to set the input method style,
|
||||
which determines how pre-editing will occur. The order in which
|
||||
pre-edit styles will be used is stored in the <Symbol>XmNpreeditType</Symbol>
|
||||
resource of <command>VendorShell</command>. <Symbol>XmNpreeditType</Symbol>
|
||||
records the preferred order of pre-edit styles as a comma-separated list.
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>OnTheSpot,OverTheSpot,OffTheSpot,Root
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>By using the <literal>Move-Up</literal> and <literal>Move-Down</literal>
|
||||
buttons on the dialog displayed by the I18N control,
|
||||
the user can reorder the pre-edit styles within the list.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.14 mif-to-docbook 1.7 01/02/96 06:16:56-->
|
||||
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/ActIcon.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/ActIcon.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/ActIconI.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/ActIconI.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/CDR/actions1.cdr
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/CDR/actions1.cdr
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/CDR/appmgr.cdr
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/CDR/appmgr.cdr
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/CDR/approot.cdr
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/CDR/approot.cdr
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/CDR/sag1.cdr
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/CDR/sag1.cdr
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/CDR/types.cdr
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/CDR/types.cdr
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/CreActIc.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/CreActIc.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/DtApps.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/DtApps.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/Open4Xwd.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/Open4Xwd.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/TextPad.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/TextPad.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/XwdDispl.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/XwdDispl.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/actionfs.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/actionfs.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/actionic.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/actionic.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/actionna.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/actionna.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/actions1.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/actions1.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/adddtype.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/adddtype.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/advcract.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/advcract.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/appgath.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/appgath.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/appgroup.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/appgroup.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/appmgr.cgm
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/appmgr.cgm
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/appmgrwc.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/appmgrwc.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/appmgrwi.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/appmgrwi.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/approot.cgm
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/approot.cgm
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/appserv.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/appserv.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/appserv1.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/appserv1.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/colorset.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/colorset.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/complexa.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/complexa.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/connect.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/connect.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/connecti.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/connecti.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/content.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/content.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/creatact.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/creatact.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/datatype.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/datatype.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/fileserv.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/fileserv.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/findset.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/findset.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/fpboxes.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/fpboxes.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/fpmainbo.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/fpmainbo.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/fpsubbox.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/fpsubbox.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/idchar.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/idchar.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/idname.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/idname.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/inclfile.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/inclfile.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/login.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/login.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/nfsbased.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/nfsbased.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/permpat.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/permpat.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/sag1.cgm
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/sag1.cgm
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/sesserve.tif
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/sesserve.tif
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/types.cgm
Normal file
BIN
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/graphics/types.cgm
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
136
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/preface.sgm
Normal file
136
cde/doc/C/guides/sysAdminGuide/preface.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: preface.sgm /main/7 1996/09/08 19:34:52 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<Preface Id="SAG.Pref.div.1">
|
||||
<Title>Preface</Title>
|
||||
<Para>This manual covers advanced tasks in customizing the appearance and
|
||||
behavior of the Common Desktop Environment (CDE). It includes chapters on:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Customizing system initialization, login, and session initiation</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Adding applications and providing interface representations for
|
||||
applications and their data</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Configuring desktop processes, applications, and data across the network</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Customizing desktop services such as window management, printing,
|
||||
colors, and fonts</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.Pref.div.2">
|
||||
<Title>Who Should Use This Book</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The audiences for this book include:</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList Remap="Bullet1">
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System administrators. Many of the tasks in this book require root
|
||||
permission.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Advanced users who want to perform customizations that cannot be
|
||||
accomplished using the desktop user interface. The desktop provides user-
|
||||
specific locations for many of its configuration files.</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.Pref.div.3">
|
||||
<Title>How This Book Is Organized</Title>
|
||||
<Para>This manual includes the following chapters:</Para>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 1, &xd2;Configuring Login Manager'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitleLead-in" Linkend="SAG.LogMg.div.1">, covers how to configure the
|
||||
appearance and behavior of the desktop Login Manager.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 2, &xd2;Configuring Session Manager'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitleLead-in" Linkend="SAG.SesMg.div.1">, covers how the desktop stores
|
||||
and retrieves sessions, and how to customize session startup.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 3, &xd2;Adding and Administering Applications'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitleLead-in" Linkend="SAG.CnfAM.mkr.1">, covers how
|
||||
Application Manager gathers applications, and explains how to add
|
||||
applications.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 4, &xd2;Registering an Application'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitleLead-in" Linkend="SAG.RegAp.div.1">, covers how to create a registration
|
||||
package for an application.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 5, &xd2;Configuring the Desktop in a Network'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitleLead-in" Linkend="SAG.ClSrv.div.1">, covers how to distribute
|
||||
desktop services, applications, and data across a network.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 6, &xd2;Configuring and Administering Printing from the Desktop'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitleLead-in" Linkend="SAG.PrCnf.div.1">, covers how to add and remove desktop printers, and how to specify the
|
||||
default printer.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 7, &xd2;Desktop Search Paths'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitleLead-in" Linkend="SAG.Datab.div.1">, covers how the desktop finds
|
||||
applications, help files, icons, and other desktop data across the network.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 8, &xd2;Introduction to Actions and Data Types'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitleLead-in" Linkend="SAG.IntAc.div.1">, introduces the concepts
|
||||
of actions and data types, and explains how they are used to provide a user
|
||||
interface for applications.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 9, &xd2;Creating Actions and Data Types Using Create Action'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitleLead-in" Linkend="SAG.dtCrA.div.1">, covers
|
||||
how to use the Create Action application to create actions and data types.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 10, &xd2;Creating Actions Manually'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitleLead-in" Linkend="SAG.CrAct.div.1">, covers how to create action
|
||||
definitions by editing a database configuration file.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 11, &xd2;Creating Data Types Manually'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitleLead-in" Linkend="SAG.CrDT.div.1">, covers how to create data type
|
||||
definitions by editing a database configuration file.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 12, &xd2;Creating Icons for the Desktop'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitleLead-in" Linkend="SAG.CrIcn.div.1">, covers how to use the Icon
|
||||
Editor, and naming conventions, sizes, and search paths for desktop icons.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 13, &xd2;Advanced Front Panel Customization'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitleLead-in" Linkend="SAG.FrPC.div.1">, covers creating new
|
||||
system-wide controls and subpanels, and other panel customizations.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 14, &xd2;Customizing the Workspace Manager'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitleLead-in" Linkend="SAG.WMCnf.div.1">, covers customizing
|
||||
windows, mouse button bindings, keyboard bindings, and Workspace
|
||||
Manager menus.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 15, &xd2;Administering Application Resources, Fonts, and Colors'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitleLead-in" Linkend="SAG.FACol.div.1">, covers how to set application resources, and how the desktop uses fonts and
|
||||
colors.</Para>
|
||||
<Para><!--Original XRef content: 'Chapter 16, &xd2;Configuring Localized Desktop Sessions'--><XRef Role="ChapNumAndTitleLead-in" Linkend="SAG.I18N.div.1">, covers system
|
||||
administration tasks for systems running international sessions.</Para>
|
||||
</Sect1>
|
||||
<Sect1 Id="SAG.Pref.div.4">
|
||||
<title>What DocBook SGML Markup Means</title>
|
||||
<para>This book is written in the Structured Generalized Markup Language (SGML)
|
||||
using the DocBook Document Type Definition (DTD). The following table
|
||||
describes the DocBook markup used for various semantic elements.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<table id="SAG.pref.tbl.1" frame="topbot">
|
||||
<title id="SAG.pref.mkr.1">DocBook SGML Markup</title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec colname="1" colwidth="1.2 in">
|
||||
<colspec colname="2" colwidth="1.89 in">
|
||||
<colspec colname="3" colwidth="2.23 in">
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><para><literal>Markup Appearance</literal></para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para><literal>Semantic Element(s)</literal></para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para><literal>Example</literal></para></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><para><command>AaBbCc123</command></para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para>The names of commands.</para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para>Use the <command>ls</command> to list files.</para></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><para><literal>AaBbCc123</literal></para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para>The names of command options.</para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para>Use <command>ls</command><literal>−a</literal> to list all files.</para></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><para><symbol role="Variable">AaBbCc123</symbol></para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para>Command-line placeholder: replace with a real name or value.</para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para>To delete a file, type <command>rm</command>
|
||||
<symbol role="Variable">filename</symbol>.</para></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><para><filename>AaBbCc123</filename></para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para>The names of files and directories.</para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para>Edit your <filename>.login</filename> file.</para></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><para><emphasis>AaBbCc123</emphasis></para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para>Book titles, new words or terms, or words to be emphasized.</para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para>Read Chapter 6 in the <emphasis>User's Guide</emphasis>.
|
||||
<?Pub _newline>These are called <emphasis>class</emphasis> options.
|
||||
<?Pub _newline>You <emphasis>must</emphasis> be root to do this.</para></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</Preface>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.14 mif-to-docbook 1.7 01/02/96 06:16:56-->
|
||||
Reference in New Issue
Block a user